Строка 1: |
Строка 1: |
| | | |
− | local cs1 ={}; | + | local z = { |
| + | error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors |
| + | error_ids = {}; |
| + | message_tail = {}; |
| + | maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work |
| + | properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance |
| + | } |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | | --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- |
| ]] | | ]] |
| + | local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
| | | |
− | local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | + | local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration |
− | date_name_xlate
| + | local whitelist = {}; -- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist |
| | | |
− | local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
| + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
− | add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
| |
| | | |
− | local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
| + | Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. |
− | | + | This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation |
− | local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
| |
− | | |
− | local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
| |
− | | |
− | local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
| |
− | local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
| |
− | | |
− | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
| |
− | and used here | |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
− | | + | function is_set( var ) |
− | local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
| + | return not (var == nil or var == ''); |
− | local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
| + | end |
− | local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
| |
− | | |
− | local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
| |
− | | |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | | --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
| + | First set variable or nil if none |
− | left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
| |
− | | |
− | This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
| |
− | version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
| |
− | the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function first_set (list, count) | + | local function first_set(...) |
− | local i = 1; | + | local list = {...}; |
− | while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | + | for _, var in pairs(list) do |
− | if is_set( list[i] ) then | + | if is_set( var ) then |
− | return list[i]; -- return the first set list member | + | return var; |
| end | | end |
− | i = i + 1; -- point to next
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
| + | Whether needle is in haystack |
− | | |
− | Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
| |
− | | |
− | foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
| |
− | may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
| |
− | | |
− | added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) | + | local function in_array( needle, haystack ) |
− | --[[ отключено для рувики
| + | if needle == nil then |
− | if not added_prop_cats [key] then | + | return false; |
− | added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category | + | end |
− | key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname | + | for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do |
− | table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table | + | if v == needle then |
| + | return n; |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
− | ]] | + | return false; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
| + | Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. |
− | | |
− | Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
| |
− | To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
| |
− | | |
− | added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function add_vanc_error (source) | + | local function substitute( msg, args ) |
− | if not added_vanc_errs then | + | return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg; |
− | added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden. |
− | | |
− | does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
| |
− | is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
| |
− | Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
| |
− | letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
| |
− | ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
| |
− | | |
− | returns true if it does, else false
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
− | | + | local function error_comment( content, hidden ) |
− | local function is_scheme (scheme) | + | return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content ); |
− | return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
| + | Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is |
| + | the responsibility of the calling function. |
| | | |
− | Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
| + | ]] |
− | | + | local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix ) |
− | Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
| + | local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ]; |
− | BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
| + | |
− | Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
| + | prefix = prefix or ""; |
− | see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
| + | suffix = suffix or ""; |
− | list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
| + | |
− | | + | if error_state == nil then |
− | rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
| + | error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] ); |
− | the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
| + | elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then |
− | | + | table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category ); |
− | Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
| |
− | | |
− | domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
| |
− | is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
| |
− | here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
| |
− | | |
− | There are several tests:
| |
− | the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
| |
− | internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
| |
− | single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs | |
− | q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | |
− | i and q SL domains in the .net TLD | |
− | single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) | |
− | two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
| |
− | three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | |
− | IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | |
− | | |
− | returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
| |
− | | |
− | ]=]
| |
− | | |
− | local function is_domain_name (domain)
| |
− | if not domain then | |
− | return false; -- if not set, abandon | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once | + | local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments ); |
| + | |
| + | message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. |
| + | "#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" .. |
| + | cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])"; |
| | | |
− | if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit | + | z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true; |
− | return false;
| + | if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } ) |
− | end
| + | and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then |
− | -- Do most common case first
| + | return '', false; |
− | if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname | |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
| |
− | return true; | |
− | elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | else
| |
− | return false;
| |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix }); |
| + | |
| + | if raw == true then |
| + | return message, error_state.hidden; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden ); |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
| + | Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. |
| | | |
− | returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
| + | local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) |
− | are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
| + | table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table |
− | wikilinks.
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |
| + | Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function is_url (scheme, domain) | + | local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) |
− | if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain | + | table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table |
− | return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
| |
− | else | |
− | return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | Determines whether a URL string is valid. |
| | | |
− | Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
| + | At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme. It is not determined whether |
− | | + | the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed. |
− | First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
| |
− | | |
− | If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
| |
− | | |
− | When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
| |
− | or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | |
− | | |
− | Strip off any port and path;
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function split_url (url_str) | + | local function check_url( url_str ) |
− | local scheme, authority, domain; | + | return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme |
− |
| |
− | url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
| |
− | | |
− | if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
| |
− | domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
| |
− | elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
| |
− | scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
| |
− | authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
| |
− | if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
| |
− | return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
| |
− | end
| |
− | domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | return scheme, domain;
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
| + | Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' |
− | | |
− | checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
| |
− | | |
− | Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
| |
− | # < > [ ] | { } _
| |
− | except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
| |
− | | |
− | returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
| |
| | | |
− | When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
| + | Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that |
− | |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
| + | they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact |
| + | poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function link_param_ok (value) | + | local function safe_for_italics( str ) |
− | local scheme, domain; | + | if not is_set(str) then |
− | if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters | + | return str; |
− | return false; | + | else |
| + | if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end |
| + | if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end |
| + | |
| + | -- Remove newlines as they break italics. |
| + | return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' ); |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
| |
− | return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
| + | Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions |
− | | |
− | Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
| |
− | | |
− | |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
| |
− | that condition exists
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) | + | local function safe_for_url( str ) |
− | local orig;
| + | if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then |
− | | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); |
− | if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value | |
− | if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
| |
− | orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
| |
− | elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
| |
− | orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set (orig) then
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; | |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { |
| + | ['['] = '[', |
| + | [']'] = ']', |
| + | ['\n'] = ' ' } ); |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one |
− | | + | argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason |
− | Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
| + | this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). |
− | | |
− | First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
| |
− | portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
| |
− | portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
| |
− | | |
− | Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
| |
− | that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
| |
− | is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function check_url( url_str ) | + | local function wrap_style (key, str) |
− | if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url | + | if not is_set( str ) then |
− | return false; | + | return ""; |
| + | elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then |
| + | str = safe_for_italics( str ); |
| end | | end |
− | local scheme, domain;
| |
| | | |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; | + | return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} ); |
− |
| |
− | if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
| |
− | return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
| + | Format an external link with error checking |
| | | |
− | Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
| + | ]] |
− | non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks
| |
− | that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
| |
| | | |
− | The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that
| + | local function external_link( URL, label, source ) |
− | find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
| + | local error_str = ""; |
− | and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
| + | if not is_set( label ) then |
− | is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
| + | label = URL; |
− | | + | if is_set( source ) then |
− | ]=]
| + | error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); |
− | | + | else |
− | local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
| + | error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); |
− | local scheme, domain; | + | end |
− | | + | end |
− | if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] | + | if not check_url( URL ) then |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | + | error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str; |
− | elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
| |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
| |
− | elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
| |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | |
− | elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text | |
− | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | |
− | else
| |
− | return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str }); |
− | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
| + | Formats a wiki style external link |
− | | |
− | loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function check_for_url (parameter_list) | + | local function external_link_id(options) |
− | local error_message = ''; | + | local url_string = options.id; |
− | for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | + | if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then |
− | if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
| + | url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string ); |
− | if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
| |
− | error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
| |
− | end
| |
− | error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it | + | return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]', |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); | + | options.link, options.label, options.separator or " ", |
| + | options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", |
| + | mw.text.nowiki(options.id) |
| + | ); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[ |
| + | Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=, |
| + | |coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases) |
| + | details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. |
| + | ]] |
| + | local function deprecated_parameter(name) |
| + | if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a |
| + | Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
| + | Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. |
| + | This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: |
| + | "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" |
| + | " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) |
| + | Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. |
| | | |
− | Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
| + | Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function safe_for_url( str ) | + | local function kern_quotes (str) |
− | if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | + | local cap=''; |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); | + | local cap2=''; |
| + | |
| + | cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes |
| + | if is_set (cap) then |
| + | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") |
| + | if is_set (cap) then |
| + | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); |
| end | | end |
− |
| + | return str; |
− | return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { | |
− | ['['] = '[',
| |
− | [']'] = ']',
| |
− | ['\n'] = ' ' } );
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- | + | |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should |
| + | not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped |
| + | in italic markup. |
| | | |
− | Format an external link with error checking
| + | Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |
| | | |
− | ]]
| + | |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |
| + | |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) |
| + | Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |
| + | |script-title=ja : *** *** |
| + | |script-title=ja: *** *** |
| + | |script-title=ja :*** *** |
| + | Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** |
| | | |
− | local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
| + | The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can |
− | local error_str = "";
| + | know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute |
− | local domain;
| + | is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. |
− | local path;
| |
− | local base_url;
| |
− |
| |
− | if not is_set( label ) then
| |
− | label = URL;
| |
− | if is_set( source ) then
| |
− | error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
| |
− | else
| |
− | error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | if not check_url( URL ) then
| |
− | error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
| |
− | if path then -- if there is a path portion
| |
− | path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
| |
− | URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
| |
− | base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | At this writing, only |script-title= is supported. It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
| + | TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; |
− | | |
− | Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
| |
− | offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
| |
− | parameters in the citation.
| |
− | | |
− | added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
| |
− | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function deprecated_parameter(name) | + | local function format_script_value (script_value) |
− | if not added_deprecated_cat then
| + | local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string |
− | added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | + | local name; |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| + | if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix |
− | end | + | lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script |
| + | if not is_set (lang) then |
| + | return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string |
| + | end |
| + | -- if we get this far we have prefix and script |
| + | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize |
| + | if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? |
| + | script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script |
| + | -- is prefix one of these language codes? |
| + | if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then |
| + | add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) |
| + | else |
| + | add_prop_cat ('script') |
| + | end |
| + | lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute |
| + | else |
| + | lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl |
| + | |
| + | return script_value; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- | + | Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been |
| + | wrapped in <bdi> tags. |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
| + | local function script_concatenate (title, script) |
− | mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
| + | if is_set (script) then |
− | | + | script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error |
− | This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
| + | if is_set (script) then |
− | "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
| + | title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title |
− | " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
| |
− | Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
| |
− | | |
− | Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
| |
− | quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
| |
− | | |
− | Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
| |
− | | |
− | ]=]
| |
− | | |
− | local function kern_quotes (str) | |
− | local cap='';
| |
− | local cap2='';
| |
− | local wl_type, label, link;
| |
− | | |
− | wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
| |
− |
| |
− | if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks | |
− | if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
| |
− | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
| |
− | elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
| |
− | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
| |
− | elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
| |
− | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
| |
− | label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
| |
− | label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
| |
− | | |
− | cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
| |
− | if is_set (cap) then | |
− | label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); | |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
| |
− | if is_set (cap) then
| |
− | label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if 2 == wl_type then
| |
− | str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
| |
− | else
| |
− | str = label;
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | return str; | + | return title; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- | + | --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
| + | Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list |
− | not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
| + | configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken |
− | in italic markup.
| + | from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). |
| | | |
− | Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
| + | local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
− | |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
| + | if not is_set( str ) then |
− | Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
| + | return ""; |
− | |script-title=ja : *** ***
| + | end |
− | |script-title=ja: *** *** | + | if true == lower then |
− | |script-title=ja :*** *** | + | local msg; |
− | Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
| + | msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before |
| + | str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text |
| + | return str; |
| + | else |
| + | return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} ); |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- |
− | know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
| |
− | is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
| |
| | | |
− | Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
| + | Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider |
| + | Generates an error if more than one match is present. |
| | | |
− | TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
| |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function format_script_value (script_value) | + | local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index ) |
− | local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string | + | local value = nil; |
− | local name; | + | local selected = ''; |
− | if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix | + | local error_list = {}; |
− | lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | + | |
− | if not is_set (lang) then | + | if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end |
− | return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | + | |
| + | -- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string |
| + | if index == '1' then |
| + | for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do |
| + | v = v:gsub( "#", "" ); |
| + | if is_set(args[v]) then |
| + | if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then |
| + | table.insert( error_list, v ); |
| + | else |
| + | value = args[v]; |
| + | selected = v; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do |
| + | if index ~= nil then |
| + | v = v:gsub( "#", index ); |
| end | | end |
− | -- if we get this far we have prefix and script
| + | if is_set(args[v]) then |
− | name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
| + | if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then |
− | if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? | + | table.insert( error_list, v ); |
− | script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | |
− | -- is prefix one of these language codes?
| |
− | if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
| |
− | add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) | |
| else | | else |
− | add_prop_cat ('script') | + | value = args[v]; |
| + | selected = v; |
| end | | end |
− | lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | + | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if #error_list > 0 then |
| + | local error_str = ""; |
| + | for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do |
| + | if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end |
| + | error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k); |
| + | end |
| + | if #error_list > 1 then |
| + | error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']; |
| else | | else |
− | lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | + | error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']; |
| end | | end |
| + | error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected); |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } ); |
| end | | end |
− | script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl | + | |
− | | + | return value, selected; |
− | return script_value; | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ | + | Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- |
| + | parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). |
| | | |
− | Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
| |
− | wrapped in <bdi> tags.
| |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function script_concatenate (title, script) | + | local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source) |
− | if is_set (script) then | + | local chapter_error = ''; |
− | script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error | + | |
− | if is_set (script) then | + | if not is_set (chapter) then |
− | title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | + | chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation |
| + | if is_set (transchapter) then |
| + | chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); |
| + | chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter'); |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set (chapterurl) then |
| + | chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
| + | end |
| + | return chapter .. chapter_error; |
| + | else -- here when chapter is set |
| + | chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks |
| + | chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); |
| + | if is_set (transchapter) then |
| + | transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); |
| + | chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set (chapterurl) then |
| + | chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | return title; | + | return chapter; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | | + | --[[ |
− | --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- | + | Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument |
− | | + | mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names |
− | Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
| + | can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. |
− | configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
| |
− | from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
| |
− | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) | + | local function argument_wrapper( args ) |
− | if not is_set( str ) then | + | local origin = {}; |
− | return "";
| + | |
− | end | + | return setmetatable({ |
− | if true == lower then | + | ORIGIN = function( self, k ) |
− | local msg;
| + | local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. |
− | msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
| + | return origin[k]; |
− | return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
| |
− | else
| |
− | return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); | |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
| |
− | parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
| |
− | | |
− | ]]
| |
− | | |
− | local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
| |
− | local chapter_error = '';
| |
− |
| |
− | if not is_set (chapter) then
| |
− | chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
| |
− | else
| |
− | if false == no_quotes then
| |
− | chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks | |
− | chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
| |
| end | | end |
− | end | + | }, |
− | | + | { |
− | chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
| + | __index = function ( tbl, k ) |
− | | + | if origin[k] ~= nil then |
− | if is_set (chapterurl) then
| + | return nil; |
− | chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
| + | end |
− | end | + | |
| + | local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; |
| + | |
| + | if type( list ) == 'table' then |
| + | v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); |
| + | if origin[k] == nil then |
| + | origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil |
| + | end |
| + | elseif list ~= nil then |
| + | v, origin[k] = args[list], list; |
| + | else |
| + | -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? |
| + | -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; |
| + | error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | -- Empty strings, not nil; |
| + | if v == nil then |
| + | v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; |
| + | origin[k] = ''; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); |
| + | return v; |
| + | end, |
| + | }); |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if is_set (transchapter) then
| + | --[[ |
− | transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
| + | Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist. |
− | if is_set (chapter) then
| |
− | chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
| |
− | else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
| |
− | chapter = transchapter; --
| |
− | chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | -- if is_set (chapterurl) then | + | Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: |
− | -- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate | + | true - active, supported parameters |
− | -- end
| + | false - deprecated, supported parameters |
| + | nil - unsupported parameters |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | return chapter .. chapter_error; | + | local function validate( name ) |
| + | local name = tostring( name ); |
| + | local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; |
| + | |
| + | -- Normal arguments |
| + | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
| + | if false == state then |
| + | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
| + | return true; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | -- Arguments with numbers in them |
| + | name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# |
| + | state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; |
| + | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
| + | if false == state then |
| + | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
| + | return true; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- | + | -- Formats a wiki style internal link |
| + | local function internal_link_id(options) |
| + | return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]', |
| + | options.link, options.label, options.separator or " ", |
| + | options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "", |
| + | mw.text.nowiki(options.id) |
| + | ); |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
| |
− | first match.
| |
| | | |
− | This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
| + | --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
| + | When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is |
− | and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
| + | MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY |
| | | |
− | Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
| + | DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. |
| | | |
− | Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
| + | ]] |
− | that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
| |
− | parameter value.
| |
| | | |
− | ]]
| + | local function nowrap_date (date) |
| + | local cap=''; |
| + | local cap2=''; |
| | | |
− | local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
| + | if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
− | local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
| + | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); |
− | local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
| |
− | local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
| |
− | local i=1;
| |
− | local stripmarker, apostrophe;
| |
| | | |
− | capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true | + | elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then |
− | if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
| + | cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); |
− | return;
| + | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | return date; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |
| + | ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn(). |
| + | If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, |
| + | spaces and other non-isxn characters. |
| + | |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do | + | local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) |
− | local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
| + | local temp = 0; |
− | local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
| + | isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 |
− | position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
| + | len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter |
− |
| + | for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum |
− | if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character | + | if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) |
− | if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
| + | temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal |
− | position = nil; -- unset position
| + | else |
− | end
| + | temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i); |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if position then
| |
− | if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
| |
− | ('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
| |
− | stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
| |
− | elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
| |
− | position = nil; -- unset
| |
− | else | |
− | local err_msg;
| |
− | if capture then
| |
− | err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики: TODO: не согласуется?
| |
− | else
| |
− | err_msg = 'Символ' .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| |
− | return; -- and done with this parameter
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | i=i+1; -- bump our index
| |
| end | | end |
| + | return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- | + | --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
| + | Determines whether an ISBN string is valid |
− | multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function argument_wrapper( args ) | + | local function check_isbn( isbn_str ) |
− | local origin = {}; | + | if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X |
| + | isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces |
| + | local len = isbn_str:len(); |
| + | |
| + | if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then |
| + | return false; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if len == 10 then |
| + | if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end |
| + | return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10); |
| + | else |
| + | local temp = 0; |
| + | if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979 |
| + | isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) }; |
| + | for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do |
| + | temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); |
| + | end |
| + | return temp % 10 == 0; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |
| + | Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four |
| + | digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |
| + | |
| + | |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link |
| | | |
− | return setmetatable({ | + | This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees |
− | ORIGIN = function( self, k ) | + | with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn |
− | local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
| + | error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits. |
− | return origin[k]; | + | |
| + | ]] |
| + | |
| + | local function issn(id) |
| + | local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate |
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN']; |
| + | local text; |
| + | local valid_issn = true; |
| + | |
| + | id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn |
| + | |
| + | if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position |
| + | valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character |
| + | else |
| + | valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if true == valid_issn then |
| + | id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version |
| + | else |
| + | id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) |
| + | |
| + | if false == valid_issn then |
| + | text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return text |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| + | |
| + | Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha |
| + | characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit |
| + | isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. |
| + | Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |
| + | |
| + | ]] |
| + | |
| + | local function amazon(id, domain) |
| + | local err_cat = "" |
| + | |
| + | if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters |
| + | else |
| + | if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) |
| + | if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10 |
| + | add_maint_cat ('ASIN'); |
| + | elseif not is_set (err_cat) then |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10 |
| + | end |
| + | elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha |
| end | | end |
− | }, | + | end |
− | { | + | if not is_set(domain) then |
− | __index = function ( tbl, k )
| + | domain = "com"; |
− | if origin[k] ~= nil then
| + | elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom |
− | return nil;
| + | domain = "co." .. domain; |
− | end
| + | elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico |
− |
| + | domain = "com." .. domain; |
− | local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
| + | end |
− |
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN']; |
− | if type( list ) == 'table' then
| + | return external_link_id({link = handler.link, |
− | v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
| + | label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id, |
− | if origin[k] == nil then
| + | encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat; |
− | origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
| + | end |
− | end
| |
− | elseif list ~= nil then
| |
− | v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
| |
− | else
| |
− | -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
| |
− | -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
| |
− | error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | -- Empty strings, not nil;
| |
− | if v == nil then
| |
− | v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
| |
− | origin[k] = '';
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
| |
− | return v;
| |
− | end, | |
− | });
| |
− | end | |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
| + | See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier |
| | | |
− | When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
| + | format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: |
− | MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
| + | the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is: |
| + | arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> |
| + | where: |
| + | <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation |
| + | <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation |
| + | <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 |
| + | first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 |
| + | <number> is a three-digit number |
| + | <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) |
| + | |
| + | the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: |
| + | arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> |
| + | where: |
| + | <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 |
| + | <number> is a four-digit number |
| + | <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces |
| | | |
− | DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
| + | the third form, valid from January 2015 is: |
| + | arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> |
| + | where: |
| + | <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 |
| + | <number> is a five-digit number |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | ]] | + | local function arxiv (id, class) |
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV']; |
| + | local year, month, version; |
| + | local err_cat = ''; |
| + | local text; |
| + | |
| + | if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version |
| + | year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); |
| + | year = tonumber(year); |
| + | month = tonumber(month); |
| + | if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month |
| + | ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message |
| + | end |
| + | elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version |
| + | year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); |
| + | year = tonumber(year); |
| + | month = tonumber(month); |
| + | if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) |
| + | ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message |
| + | end |
| + | elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version |
| + | year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); |
| + | year = tonumber(year); |
| + | month = tonumber(month); |
| + | if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local function nowrap_date (date)
| + | text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
− | local cap='';
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat; |
− | local cap2='';
| |
| | | |
− | if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then | + | if is_set (class) then |
− | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); | + | class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink |
− | | + | else |
− | elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
| + | class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
− | cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
| |
− | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | return date; | + | return text .. class; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[ |
| + | lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) |
| + | 1. Remove all blanks. |
| + | 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. |
| + | 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: |
| + | a. Remove it. |
| + | b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): |
| + | 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) |
| + | 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
| + | Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
| + | local function normalize_lccn (lccn) |
− | Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
| + | lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace |
| | | |
− | ]]
| + | if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then |
| + | lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | + | local prefix |
− | if is_set(title_type) then
| + | local suffix |
− | if "none" == title_type then
| + | prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix |
− | title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
| + | |
− | end
| + | if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen |
− | return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
| + | suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 |
| + | lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return lccn; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
| + | --[[ |
− | end
| + | Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the |
| + | rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/ |
| + | |
| + | length = 8 then all digits |
| + | length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha |
| + | length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits |
| + | length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits |
| + | length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha |
| + | |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
| + | local function lccn(lccn) |
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN']; |
| + | local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid |
| + | local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- | + | id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) |
| + | local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn |
| | | |
− | Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
| + | if 8 == len then |
− | returned unmodified. These forms are modified:
| + | if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) |
− | letter - letter (A - B) | + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message |
− | digit - digit (4-5) | + | end |
− | digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
| + | elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd |
− | letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) | + | if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? |
− | digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) | + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message |
| + | end |
| + | elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd |
| + | if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... |
| + | if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd |
| + | if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message |
| + | end |
| + | elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd |
| + | if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | any other forms are returned unmodified.
| + | if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
| + | return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat; |
| + | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[ |
| + | Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it |
| + | contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) | + | local function pmid(id) |
− | if not is_set (str) then | + | local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach |
− | return str;
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID']; |
− | end | + | local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid |
| | | |
− | str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str | + | if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits |
− | if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message |
− | return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
| + | else -- PMID is only digits |
| + | local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing |
| + | if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | local out = {}; | + | return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
− | local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
| + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ |
− | if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
| + | |
− | if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
| + | Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is |
− | item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
| + | in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because |
− | item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
| + | |embargo= was not set in this cite. |
− | item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
| + | |
− | item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
| + | ]] |
− | item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
| + | |
− | else -- для рувики: всё наоборот | + | local function is_embargoed (embargo) |
− | item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '—'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space | + | if is_set (embargo) then |
− | end | + | local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); |
| + | local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date; |
| + | good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo ); |
| + | good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' ); |
| + | |
| + | if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates |
| + | if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future? |
| + | return embargo; -- still embargoed |
| + | else |
| + | add_maint_cat ('embargo') |
| + | return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
− | item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
| |
− | table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
| |
| end | | end |
| + | return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
| + | --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
− | end
| + | |
| + | Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. |
| | | |
| + | The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not |
| + | be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the |
| + | PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation |
| + | has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () |
| + | returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. |
| | | |
− | Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
| + | PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less |
| + | than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) | + | local function pmc(id, embargo) |
− | local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character' | + | local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach |
− | if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC']; |
− | f.gsub=string.gsub
| + | local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid |
− | f.match=string.match
| + | |
− | f.sub=string.sub
| + | local text; |
− | else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
| + | |
− | f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
| + | if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits |
− | f.match=mw.ustring.match
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message |
− | f.sub=mw.ustring.sub | + | else -- PMC is only digits |
| + | local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing |
| + | if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries |
| + | err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message |
| end | | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? |
| + | text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link |
| + | else |
| + | text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article |
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat; |
| + | end |
| + | return text; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | -- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. |
| | | |
− | local str = ''; -- the output string
| + | -- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. |
− | local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
| + | -- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code |
− | local end_chr = '';
| + | -- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant |
− | local trim;
| + | |
− | for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
| + | -- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes, |
− | if value == nil then value = ''; end
| + | -- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. |
− |
| + | |
− | if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
| + | -- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, |
− | str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
| + | -- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names. |
− | elseif value ~= '' then
| + | |
− | if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
| + | local function doi(id, inactive) |
− | comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
| + | local cat = "" |
− | else
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI']; |
− | comp = value;
| + | |
− | end
| + | local text; |
− | -- typically duplicate_char is sepc
| + | if is_set(inactive) then |
− | if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
| + | local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date |
− | -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
| + | text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id; |
− | -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
| + | if is_set(inactive_year) then |
− | trim = false;
| + | table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year ); |
− | end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
| + | else |
− | -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
| + | table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year |
− | if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
| + | end |
− | str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
| + | inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" |
− | elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
| + | else |
− | if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
| + | text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
− | str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) |
− | elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
| + | inactive = "" |
− | trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
| + | end |
− | elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
| + | |
− | trim = true; -- same question
| + | if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma |
− | end
| + | cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' ); |
− | elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
| + | end |
− | if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
| + | return text .. inactive .. cat |
− | trim = true;
| + | end |
− | elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
| + | |
− | trim = true;
| + | -- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. |
− | elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
| + | local function openlibrary(id) |
− | trim = true;
| + | local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W' |
− | elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL']; |
− | trim = true;
| + | |
− | end
| + | if ( code == "A" ) then |
− | elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
| + | return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, |
− | if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
| + | prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator, |
− | str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
| + | encode = handler.encode}) |
− | end
| + | elseif ( code == "M" ) then |
− | end
| + | return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, |
− | | + | prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator, |
− | if trim then
| + | encode = handler.encode}) |
− | if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
| + | elseif ( code == "W" ) then |
− | local dup2 = duplicate_char;
| + | return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, |
− | if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
| + | prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator, |
− |
| + | encode = handler.encode}) |
− | value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
| + | else |
− | else
| + | return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, |
− | value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
| + | prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator, |
− | end
| + | encode = handler.encode}) .. |
− | end
| + | ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' ); |
− | end | + | end |
− | str = str .. value; --add it to the output string | + | end |
− | end
| + | |
− | end
| + | |
− | return str;
| + | --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >---------------------------------------------------------- |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in |
| + | '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
| + | local function message_id (id) |
| + | local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID']; |
| + | |
| + | text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, |
| + | prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) |
| + | |
| + | if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' |
| + | text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return text |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |
| + | This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. |
| + | Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function is_suffix (suffix) | + | local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) |
− | if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then | + | if is_set(title_type) then |
− | return true; | + | if "none" == title_type then |
| + | title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed |
| + | end |
| + | return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value |
| end | | end |
− | return false; | + | |
| + | return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
| + | Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number |
| + | Similar to that used for Special:BookSources |
| | | |
− | For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
| + | ]] |
− | uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
| |
− | When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
| |
− | These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
| |
| | | |
− | This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
| + | local function clean_isbn( isbn_str ) |
− | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | + | return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); |
− | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
| + | end |
− | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
| |
− | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
| |
| | | |
− | |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
| + | --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- |
− | |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
| + | |
| + | Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like |
| + | string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. |
| + | ]] |
| + | local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) |
| + | argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% |
| + | argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters |
| + | return argument; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | This original test:
| + | --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- |
− | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
| |
− | was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
| |
− | The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
| |
− | to use an external editor to maintain this code.
| |
| | | |
− | \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
| + | Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. |
− | \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
| + | This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to |
− | \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
| + | markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. |
− | \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) | + | local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) |
− | local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it | + | if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end |
| | | |
− | if is_set (suffix) then | + | while true do |
− | if not is_suffix (suffix) then | + | if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5) |
− | add_vanc_error ('suffix'); | + | argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it |
− | return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | + | elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4) |
| + | argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", ""); |
| + | elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3) |
| + | argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", ""); |
| + | elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2) |
| + | argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", ""); |
| + | else |
| + | break; |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | + | return argument; -- done |
− | nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
| |
− | add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
| |
− | return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
| |
− | end;
| |
− | return true;
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ | + | Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) |
| | | |
− | Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
| + | Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings |
| + | of %27%27... |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
| + | local function make_coins_title (title, script) |
| + | if is_set (title) then |
| + | title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup |
| + | else |
| + | title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set (script) then |
| + | script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) |
| + | script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup |
| + | else |
| + | script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then |
| + | script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate |
| + | end |
| + | return title .. script; -- return the concatenation |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
| + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ |
− | This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
| |
| | | |
− | This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
| + | Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function reduce_to_initials(first) | + | local function get_coins_pages (pages) |
− | local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | + | local pattern; |
| + | if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done |
| + | |
| + | while true do |
| + | pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url " |
| + | if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls |
| + | pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters |
| + | pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible |
| + | end |
| + | pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets |
| + | pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens |
| + | pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (– etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like   and the like? |
| + | return pages; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
| + | -- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B |
− | name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? | + | local function remove_wiki_link( str ) |
− | end | + | return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) |
| + | return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); |
| + | end)); |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
| + | -- Converts a hyphen to a dash |
− | if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
| + | local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) |
− | if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
| + | if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then |
− | if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
| + | return str; |
− | return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
| + | end |
− | else
| + | return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); |
− | add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
| |
− | return first; -- and return first unmolested
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word | |
− | | |
− | | |
− | local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
| |
− | local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
| |
− | | |
− | names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
| |
− | | |
− | while names[i] do -- loop through the table
| |
− | if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
| |
− | names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
| |
− | if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
| |
− | table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
| |
− | break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
| |
− | end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
| |
− | end | |
− | if 3 > i then
| |
− | table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
| |
− | end
| |
− | i = i+1; -- bump the counter
| |
− | end | |
− |
| |
− | return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
| + | Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. |
− | | |
− | Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function list_people(control, people, etal) | + | local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
− | local sep; | + | --[[ |
− | local namesep; | + | Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. |
− | local format = control.format | + | |
− | local maximum = control.maximum | + | This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as |
− | local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; | + | long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings |
− | local text = {} | + | in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. |
− | | + | ]] |
− | if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
| + | |
− | sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
| + | local str = ''; -- the output string |
− | namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space | + | local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? |
− | else
| + | local end_chr = ''; |
− | sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon | + | local trim; |
− | namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
| + | for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do |
− | end
| + | if value == nil then value = ''; end |
− |
| + | |
− | if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
| + | if str == '' then -- if output string is empty |
− | if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
| + | str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) |
− |
| + | elseif value ~= '' then |
− | for i,person in ipairs(people) do
| + | if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. |
− | if is_set(person.last) then
| + | comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) |
− | local mask = person.mask
| + | else |
− | local one | + | comp = value; |
− | local sep_one = sep;
| + | end |
− | if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then | + | -- typically duplicate_char is sepc |
− | etal = true; | + | if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? |
− | break; | + | -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th |
− | elseif (mask ~= nil) then
| + | -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? |
− | local n = tonumber(mask)
| + | trim = false; |
− | if (n ~= nil) then | + | end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string |
− | one = string.rep("—",n)
| + | -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? |
− | else
| + | if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator |
− | one = mask;
| + | str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it |
− | sep_one = " "; | + | elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup |
− | end
| + | if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' |
− | else
| + | str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' |
− | one = person.last | + | elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' |
− | local first = person.first
| + | trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? |
− | if is_set(first) then
| + | elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' |
− | if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format | + | trim = true; -- same question |
− | one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | + | end |
− | if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested | + | elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup |
− | first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
| + | if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink |
− | end
| + | trim = true; |
| + | elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link |
| + | trim = true; |
| + | elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. |
| + | trim = true; |
| + | end |
| + | elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space |
| + | if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> |
| + | str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both |
| end | | end |
− | one = one .. namesep .. first;
| |
| end | | end |
− | if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then | + | |
− | one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page | + | if trim then |
| + | if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup |
| + | local dup2 = duplicate_char; |
| + | if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it |
| + | |
| + | value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup |
| + | else |
| + | value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | table.insert( text, one ) | + | str = str .. value; --add it to the output string |
− | table.insert( text, sep_one )
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| + | return str; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
| + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- |
− | if count > 0 then
| |
− | if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
| |
− | text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
| |
− | end
| |
− | text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
| |
− | if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
| |
− | result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | return result, count
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name |
| + | uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. |
| + | When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. |
| + | These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
| + | This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets |
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A |
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF |
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F |
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |
| | | |
− | Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
| + | |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
| + | |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods |
| | | |
− | namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
| + | At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here |
| + | because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
− | local function anchor_id (namelist, year) | + | |
− | local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year | + | local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) |
− | for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
| + | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then |
− | names[i] = v.last
| + | if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag |
− | if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done | + | Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once |
− | end
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } ); |
− | table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
| + | end |
− | local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
| + | return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization |
− | if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
| + | end; |
− | return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion | + | return true; |
− | else
| |
− | return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation | |
− | end | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- | + | Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. |
| | | |
− | Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
| + | Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. |
− | the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
| |
| | | |
− | This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by | + | Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not |
− | previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
| + | currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. |
| + | |
| + | This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) | + | local function reduce_to_initials(first) |
| + | if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do |
| + | local initials = {} |
| + | local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials |
| + | for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods |
| + | table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops. |
| + | i = i + 1; -- bump the counter |
| + | if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit |
| + | end |
| + | return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
| + | --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- |
− | local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
| |
− | local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
| |
− |
| |
− | if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
| |
− | name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
| |
− | etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
| |
− | if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
| |
− | name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
| |
− | etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
| |
− | if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | return name, etal; --
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | | + | Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) |
− | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
| |
− | These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function
| |
− | adds the editor markup maintenance category.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) | + | local function list_people(control, people, etal) |
− | local _, pattern; | + | local sep; |
− | local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name | + | local namesep; |
− | '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
| + | local format = control.format |
− | '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
| + | local maximum = control.maximum |
− | '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
| + | local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; |
− | '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
| + | local text = {} |
− |
| |
− | -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
| |
− | '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
| |
− | '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
| |
− | '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
| |
− | '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
| |
− | }
| |
| | | |
− | if is_set (name) then | + | if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? |
− | for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and | + | sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma |
− | if name:match (pattern) then
| + | namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space |
− | add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
| + | else |
− | break;
| + | sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon |
− | end
| + | namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> |
− | end | |
| end | | end |
− | return name; -- and done | + | |
− | end | + | if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end |
− | | + | if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors |
− | | + | |
− | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- | + | for i,person in ipairs(people) do |
− | | + | if is_set(person.last) then |
− | Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
| + | local mask = person.mask |
− | indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
| + | local one |
− | (author or editor) maintenance category.
| + | local sep_one = sep; |
| + | if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
| + | etal = true; |
| + | break; |
| + | elseif (mask ~= nil) then |
| + | local n = tonumber(mask) |
| + | if (n ~= nil) then |
| + | one = string.rep("—",n) |
| + | else |
| + | one = mask; |
| + | sep_one = " "; |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | one = person.last |
| + | local first = person.first |
| + | if is_set(first) then |
| + | if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format |
| + | one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
| + | if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters |
| + | first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | one = one .. namesep .. first |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then |
| + | one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | ]] | + | if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then |
− | | + | one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link; |
− | local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
| + | end |
− | local count, _; | + | table.insert( text, one ) |
− | if is_set (name) then | + | table.insert( text, sep_one ) |
− | _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters | + | end |
− |
| + | end |
− | if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
| + | |
− | add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template | + | local count = #text / 2; |
| + | if count > 0 then |
| + | if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then |
| + | text[#text-2] = " & "; |
| end | | end |
| + | text[#text] = nil; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list |
| + | if etal then |
| + | local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al']; |
| + | result = result .. " " .. etal_text; |
| end | | end |
− | return name; -- and done | + | |
| + | return result, count |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
| + | Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. |
− | This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
| |
− | parameters.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) | + | local function anchor_id( options ) |
− | if is_set (last) then | + | local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id |
− | if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
| + | if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string |
− | last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
| + | return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion |
− | else
| + | else |
− | last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
| + | return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation |
− | last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | if is_set (first) then | |
− | if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
| |
− | first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
| |
− | else
| |
− | first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | return last, first; -- done
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | end |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- | | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- |
Строка 1296: |
Строка 1445: |
| local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | | local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) |
| local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | | local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter |
| + | local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme |
| + | |
| + | local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary |
| | | |
− | local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
| |
| while true do | | while true do |
| last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | | last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 |
Строка 1304: |
Строка 1455: |
| mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); |
| | | |
− | last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. | + | local name = tostring(last); |
− | first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
| + | if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al. |
− | last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
| + | last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove |
− | | + | etal = true; |
| + | end |
| + | name = tostring(first); |
| + | if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al. |
| + | first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove |
| + | etal = true; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | | if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn |
| table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
| elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | | elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? |
| count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | | count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first |
− | if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up | + | if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up |
| break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which | | break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which |
| end | | end |
| else -- we have last with or without a first | | else -- we have last with or without a first |
− | link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
| + | names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list |
− | | |
− | names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | |
| n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | | n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table |
| if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | | if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing |
Строка 1328: |
Строка 1484: |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | if true == etal then |
| + | add_maint_cat ('etal'); |
| + | end |
| return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | -- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings |
| + | local function extract_ids( args ) |
| + | local id_list = {}; |
| + | for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do |
| + | v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); |
| + | if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end |
| + | end |
| + | return id_list; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ | + | --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >-------------------------------------------------------- |
− | | |
− | Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
| |
| | | |
− | Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
| + | Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs. |
− | or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
| |
− | found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
| |
− | return the original language name string.
| |
− | | |
− | mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
| |
− | extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
| |
− | code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
| |
− | are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. These names can be found (for the time being) at
| |
− | https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
| |
− | | |
− | Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
| |
− | if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
| |
− | and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
| |
− | | |
− | Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) | + | local function build_id_list( id_list, options ) |
− | if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct) | + | local new_list, handler = {}; |
− | return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia | + | function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end; |
− | -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
| |
− | local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
| |
| | | |
− | for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language | + | for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do |
− | if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then | + | -- fallback to read-only cfg |
− | if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported | + | handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) ); |
− | return name; -- so return the name but not the code | + | |
| + | if handler.mode == 'external' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } ); |
| + | elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } ); |
| + | elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then |
| + | error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] ); |
| + | elseif k == 'DOI' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'ARXIV' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'ASIN' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'LCCN' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'OL' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'PMC' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'PMID' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'ISSN' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'ISBN' then |
| + | local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler ); |
| + | if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then |
| + | ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" ); |
| end | | end |
− | return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code | + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } ); |
| + | elseif k == 'USENETID' then |
| + | table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } ); |
| + | else |
| + | error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] ); |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code | + | |
| + | function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort() |
| + | return a[1] < b[1]; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | table.sort( new_list, comp ); |
| + | for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do |
| + | new_list[k] = v[2]; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | return new_list; |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| | | |
| + | -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse |
| + | -- the citation information. |
| + | local function COinS(data, class) |
| + | if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then |
| + | return ''; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; |
| + | |
| + | -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. |
| + | local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { |
| + | __newindex = function(self, key, value) |
| + | if is_set(value) then |
| + | rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | }); |
| + | |
| + | if is_set(data.Chapter) then |
| + | OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; |
| + | elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then |
| + | OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; |
| + | if 'arxiv' == class then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv |
| + | else |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; |
| + | end |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; |
| + | else |
| + | OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book" |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; |
| + | |
| + | for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do |
| + | local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; |
| + | if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end |
| + | if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; |
| + | else |
| + | OCinSoutput[ id ] = value; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | local last, first; |
| + | for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do |
| + | last, first = v.last, v.first; |
| + | if k == 1 then |
| + | if is_set(last) then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(first) then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; |
| + | elseif is_set(last) then |
| + | OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; |
| + | OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; |
| + | OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); |
| + | |
| + | -- sort with version string always first, and combine. |
| + | table.sort( OCinSoutput ); |
| + | table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" |
| + | return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
| |
− |
| |
− | Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
| |
− | use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
| |
− |
| |
− | When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
| |
− | that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
| |
− | to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
| |
| | | |
− | Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
| + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ |
− | equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
| |
| | | |
− | This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
| + | Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where |
− | separated from each other by commas.
| + | ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR. |
| | | |
− | ]]
| + | Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia |
| + | uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along |
| + | with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. |
| | | |
− | local function language_parameter (lang)
| + | mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included |
− | local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
| + | in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be |
− | local name; -- the language name
| + | found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function |
− | local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
| + | returns only the Wikimedia language name. |
− | local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
| |
| | | |
− | local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
| + | Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. |
− | local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
| |
− | local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
| |
| | | |
− | names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
| + | local function get_iso639_code (lang) |
− | | + | if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR |
− | if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
| + | return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized |
− | lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
| + | end |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | -- костыль для рувики: замена распространённых англоназваний на коды
| |
− | local fromEnglishToCode = {
| |
− | ['Arabic'] = 'ar',
| |
− | ['Azerbaijani'] = 'az',
| |
− | ['Belarusian'] = 'be',
| |
− | ['Bulgarian'] = 'bg',
| |
− | ['Czech'] = 'cs',
| |
− | ['Danish'] = 'da',
| |
− | ['German'] = 'de',
| |
− | ['Greek'] = 'el',
| |
− | ['Spanish'] = 'es',
| |
− | ['English'] = 'en',
| |
− | ['Finnish'] = 'fi',
| |
− | ['French'] = 'fr',
| |
− | ['Hebrew'] = 'he',
| |
− | ['Croatian'] = 'hr',
| |
− | ['Hungarian'] = 'hu',
| |
− | ['Armenian'] = 'hy',
| |
− | ['Indonesian'] = 'id',
| |
− | ['Italian'] = 'it',
| |
− | ['Japanese'] = 'ja',
| |
− | ['Korean'] = 'ko',
| |
− | ['Latin'] = 'la',
| |
− | ['Dutch'] = 'nl',
| |
− | ['Norwegian'] = 'no',
| |
− | ['Polish'] = 'pl',
| |
− | ['Portuguese'] = 'pt',
| |
− | ['Romanian'] = 'ro',
| |
− | ['Russian'] = 'ru',
| |
− | ['Slovenian'] = 'sl',
| |
− | ['Serbian'] = 'sr',
| |
− | ['Swedish'] = 'sv',
| |
− | ['Thai'] = 'th',
| |
− | ['Turkish'] = 'tr',
| |
− | ['Ukrainian'] = 'uk',
| |
− | ['Chinese'] = 'zh',
| |
− | } | |
− | if fromEnglishToCode[lang] then
| |
− | lang = fromEnglishToCode[lang]
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
| |
− | -- для рувики: замена полного названия на сокращение вроде фр. или англ.
| |
− | name = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
| |
− | title='lg',
| |
− | args={lang}
| |
− | }
| |
− | if name == '' then
| |
− | name = nil
| |
− | end
| |
− | if not is_set (name) then
| |
− | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if not is_set (name) then
| |
− | name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
| + | local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia |
− | code = lang:lower(); -- save it
| + | -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) |
− | else
| + | local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons |
− | name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
| + | for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language |
− | name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
| + | if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then |
− | | + | if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only |
− | if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | + | return name; -- so return the name but not the code |
− | if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
| |
− | add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
| |
− | else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
| |
− | add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | else
| + | return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code |
− | add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
− | table.insert (language_list, name);
| |
− | name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code |
− | code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
| + | end |
− | if 2 >= code then
| + | |
− | name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
| + | --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ |
− | elseif 2 < code then
| |
− | language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
| |
− | name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
| |
− | end
| |
− | if this_wiki_name == name then
| |
− | return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
| |
− | end
| |
− | return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
| |
− | --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
| |
− | so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
| |
− | ]]
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided. If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | + | There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and |
− | | + | Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears |
− | Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
| + | that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links. |
− | At en.wiki, for cs1:
| |
− | ps gets: '.'
| |
− | sep gets: '.'
| |
− | | |
− | ]]
| |
| | | |
− | local function set_cs1_style (ps)
| + | Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and |
− | if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
| + | return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no. We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them. |
− | ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
| |
− | end
| |
− | return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | + | When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if |
| + | the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way. |
| | | |
− | Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
| + | This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. |
− | At en.wiki, for cs2:
| |
− | ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
| |
− | sep gets: ','
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
| | | |
− | local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) | + | local function language_parameter (lang, namespace) |
− | if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default | + | local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code |
− | ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
| + | local name; -- the language name |
− | end | + | local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered |
− | if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set | + | local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= |
− | ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv | + | local unrec_cat = false -- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once |
| + | |
| + | names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list |
| + | |
| + | for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang |
| + | if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then |
| + | add_maint_cat ('english'); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes) |
| + | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code |
| + | code = lang:lower(); -- save it |
| + | else |
| + | name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set (code) then |
| + | if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no' |
| + | if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language? |
| + | add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) |
| + | end |
| + | elseif false == unrec_cat then |
| + | unrec_cat = true; -- only add this category once |
| + | add_maint_cat (unknown_lang); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | table.insert (language_list, name); |
| + | name = ''; -- so we can reuse it |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list |
| + | if 2 >= code then |
| + | name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names |
| + | elseif 2 < code then |
| + | language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' |
| + | name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators |
| end | | end |
− | return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator | + | return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)' |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
| + | Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings |
| | | |
− | When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish | + | ]] |
| + | |
| + | local function set_cs1_style (ps) |
| + | if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something |
| + | ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period |
| + | end |
| + | return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |
| + | Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings |
| + | |
| + | ]] |
| + | |
| + | local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) |
| + | if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default |
| + | ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil |
| + | end |
| + | if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set |
| + | ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv |
| + | end |
| + | return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- |
| + | |
| + | When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish |
| rendered style. | | rendered style. |
| | | |
Строка 1565: |
Строка 1801: |
| return sep, ps, ref -- return them all | | return sep, ps, ref -- return them all |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ | | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
Строка 1581: |
Строка 1816: |
| sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | | sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); |
| else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 | | else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 |
| + | if is_set (mode) then |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
| + | end |
| sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass | | sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass |
| end | | end |
Строка 1589: |
Строка 1827: |
| return sep, ps, ref | | return sep, ps, ref |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
| | | |
| --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ | | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when | + | Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when |
| applying the pdf icon to external links. | | applying the pdf icon to external links. |
| | | |
− | returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false | + | returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false |
| | | |
| ]=] | | ]=] |
| | | |
| local function is_pdf (url) | | local function is_pdf (url) |
− | return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); | + | return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?'); |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ | | --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ |
Строка 1616: |
Строка 1852: |
| local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) | | local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
| if is_set (format) then | | if is_set (format) then |
− | format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize | + | format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper()); -- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize |
| if not is_set (url) then | | if not is_set (url) then |
| format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message | | format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message |
Строка 1627: |
Строка 1863: |
| return format; | | return format; |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
| | | |
| --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ | | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ |
| | | |
− | Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag | + | Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists. |
− | to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
| |
| | | |
− | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and | + | When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and |
| the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains | | the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains |
| some variant of the text 'et al.'). | | some variant of the text 'et al.'). |
| | | |
− | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the | + | When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the |
| number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of | | number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of |
| the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | | the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' |
| | | |
| In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | | In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. |
− |
| |
− | inputs:
| |
− | max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
| |
− | count: #a or #e
| |
− | list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
| |
− | etal: author_etal or editor_etal
| |
| | | |
| ]] | | ]] |
Строка 1659: |
Строка 1887: |
| elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers | | elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers |
| max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | | max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number |
− | if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors | + | if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors |
− | add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); | + | add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name); |
| end | | end |
| else -- not a valid keyword or number | | else -- not a valid keyword or number |
| table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message | | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
− | max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | + | max = nil; -- unset |
| end | | end |
| + | elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category |
| + | max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 |
| end | | end |
| | | |
Строка 1671: |
Строка 1901: |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
| + | This is the main function doing the majority of the citation |
| + | formatting. |
| | | |
− | Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
| + | ]] |
− | abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
| |
| | | |
− | check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
| + | local function citation0( config, args) |
− | good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit | + | --[[ |
− | bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP | + | Load Input Parameters |
| + | The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple |
| + | aliases to single internal variable. |
| + | ]] |
| + | local A = argument_wrapper( args ); |
| | | |
− | ]] | + | local i |
| + | local PPrefix = A['PPrefix'] |
| + | local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix'] |
| + | if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end |
| + | |
| + | -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates |
| + | -- define different field names for the same underlying things. |
| + | local Authors = A['Authors']; |
| + | local author_etal; |
| + | local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' ); |
| | | |
− | local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) | + | local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; |
− | local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? | + | local Others = A['Others']; |
− | local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; | + | local Editors = A['Editors']; |
| + | local editor_etal; |
| + | local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' ); |
| | | |
− | if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then | + | local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format= |
− | add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); | + | if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message |
| + | NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string |
| end | | end |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | local Year = A['Year']; |
| + | local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; |
| + | local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; |
| + | local Date = A['Date']; |
| + | local LayDate = A['LayDate']; |
| + | ------------------------------------------------- Get title data |
| + | local Title = A['Title']; |
| + | local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; |
| + | local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; |
| + | local Conference = A['Conference']; |
| + | local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; |
| + | local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; |
| + | local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; |
| + | local Chapter = A['Chapter']; |
| + | local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated |
| + | local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; |
| + | local TitleType = A['TitleType']; |
| + | local Degree = A['Degree']; |
| + | local Docket = A['Docket']; |
| + | local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; |
| + | local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL']; |
| + | local URL = A['URL'] |
| + | local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL |
| + | local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; |
| + | local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL |
| + | local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; |
| + | local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; |
| + | local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL |
| + | local Periodical = A['Periodical']; |
| | | |
− | --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
| + | local Series = A['Series']; |
− | | + | local Volume = A['Volume']; |
− | split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
| + | local Issue = A['Issue']; |
− | parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
| + | local Position = ''; |
− | rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
| + | local Page = A['Page']; |
− | | + | local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); |
− | |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
| + | local At = A['At']; |
− | | |
− | ]=]
| |
− | | |
− | local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
| |
− | local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
| |
− | local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder | |
− |
| |
− | local i = 1;
| |
− |
| |
− | while name_table[i] do
| |
− | if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
| |
− | local name = name_table[i];
| |
− | i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
| |
− | while name_table[i] do
| |
− | name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
| |
− | if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
| |
− | break; -- and done reassembling so
| |
− | end
| |
− | i=i+1; -- bump indexer
| |
− | end
| |
− | table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
| |
− | table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
| |
− | else
| |
− | wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
| |
− | table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
| |
− | if 1 == wl_type then
| |
− | table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
| |
− | else
| |
− | table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | i = i+1;
| |
− | end
| |
− | return output_table;
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
| + | local Edition = A['Edition']; |
| + | local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] |
| + | local Place = A['Place']; |
| + | |
| + | local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; |
| + | local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; |
| + | local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; |
| + | local Via = A['Via']; |
| + | local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; |
| + | local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate']; |
| + | local Agency = A['Agency']; |
| + | local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] |
| + | local Language = A['Language']; |
| + | local Format = A['Format']; |
| + | local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; |
| + | local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; |
| + | local ID = A['ID']; |
| + | local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; |
| + | local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; |
| + | local Embargo = A['Embargo']; |
| + | local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier |
| | | |
− | This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
| + | local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); |
− | |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
| |
| | | |
− | Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
| + | local Quote = A['Quote']; |
− | may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
| |
− | tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
| |
| | | |
− | Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
| + | local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; |
| + | local LayURL = A['LayURL']; |
| + | local LaySource = A['LaySource']; |
| + | local Transcript = A['Transcript']; |
| + | local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; |
| + | local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] |
| + | local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL |
| | | |
− | This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
| + | local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; |
| + | local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; |
| | | |
− | ]] | + | --these are used by cite interview |
| + | local Callsign = A['Callsign']; |
| + | local City = A['City']; |
| + | local Program = A['Program']; |
| | | |
− | local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) | + | --local variables that are not cs1 parameters |
− | local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= | + | local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text |
− | local v_name_table = {}; | + | local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language |
− | local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table | + | local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier |
− | local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter | + | local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata |
− | local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
| |
− | local corporate = false;
| |
| | | |
− | vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) | + | -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values |
− | v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas | + | local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma |
| + | local PostScript; |
| + | local Ref; |
| + | sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); |
| + | use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text |
| | | |
− | for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
| + | --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories |
− | if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
| + | if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page |
− | first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
| + | if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then |
− | last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
| + | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
− | corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
| |
− | elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
| |
− | if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
| |
− | add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
| |
− | end
| |
− | local lastfirstTable = {}
| |
− | lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
| |
− | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
| |
− | if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
| |
− | suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
| |
− | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
| |
− | end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
| |
− | last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
| |
− | if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
| |
− | add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
| |
− | end
| |
− | if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
| |
− | add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
| |
− | end | |
− | else
| |
− | first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
| |
− | last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
| |
| end | | end |
− |
| + | for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns |
− | if is_set (first) then | + | if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern |
− | if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | + | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
− | add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
| + | break; -- bail out if one is found |
− | end
| |
− | is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
| |
− | if is_set (suffix) then
| |
− | first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | |
− | suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | if not corporate then
| |
− | is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
− | link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
| |
− | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
| |
− | names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
| |
| end | | end |
− | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. |
| + | if is_set(Page) then |
| + | if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then |
| + | Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message |
| + | Pages = ''; -- unset the others |
| + | At = ''; |
| + | end |
| + | elseif is_set(Pages) then |
| + | if is_set(At) then |
| + | Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages |
| + | At = ''; -- unset |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ | + | -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different |
− | | + | if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then |
− | Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
| + | PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place |
− | select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
| + | end |
− | | + | |
− | Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
| + | if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same |
− | similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
| + | |
− | | + | --[[ |
− | When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
| + | Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
− | test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
| + | When the citation has these parameters: |
− | way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
| + | |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
| + | |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |
| + | |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |
| | | |
− | Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
| + | |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |
| + | |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped |
| | | |
− | In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
| + | All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified |
| + | TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter |
| + | ]] |
| | | |
− | ]] | + | local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; |
| | | |
− | local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
| + | if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation |
− | local lastfirst = false;
| + | if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set |
− | if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
| + | if is_set(Title) then |
− | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
| + | if not is_set(Chapter) then |
− | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
| + | Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
− | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
| + | TransChapter = TransTitle; |
− | lastfirst=true; | + | ChapterURL = URL; |
| + | Title = Periodical; |
| + | ChapterFormat = Format; |
| + | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
| + | TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset |
| + | URL = ''; -- redundant so unset |
| + | Format = ''; -- redundant so unset |
| + | end |
| + | else -- |title not set |
| + | Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title |
| + | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions | + | -- Special case for cite techreport. |
− | (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or | + | if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
− | (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
| + | if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue' |
− | local err_name;
| + | if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? |
− | if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | + | ID = Issue; -- yes, use it |
− | err_name = 'author'; | + | Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata |
− | else
| + | else -- can't use ID so emit error message |
− | err_name = 'editor';
| + | ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>|id=</code> and <code>|number=</code>'); |
| end | | end |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
| + | end |
− | {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | + | -- special case for cite interview |
− | if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
| + | if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then |
− | if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
| + | if is_set(Program) then |
− | return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
| + | ID = ' ' .. Program; |
− | end | + | end |
− | | + | if is_set(Callsign) then |
| + | if is_set(ID) then |
| + | ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign; |
| + | else |
| + | ID = ' ' .. Callsign; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(City) then |
| + | if is_set(ID) then |
| + | ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City; |
| + | else |
| + | ID = ' ' .. City; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
| + | if is_set(Others) then |
− | | + | if is_set(TitleType) then |
− | This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
| + | Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others; |
− | of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
| + | TitleType = ''; |
− | in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
| + | else |
− | true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
| + | Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others; |
− | | + | end |
− | ]]
| + | else |
− | | + | Others = '(Interview)'; |
− | local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
| + | end |
− | if not is_set (value) then
| |
− | return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
| |
− | elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | else
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
| |
− | return false | |
| end | | end |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | | + | -- special case for cite mailing list |
− | --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
| + | if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then |
− | | + | Periodical = A ['MailingList']; |
− | This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
| |
− | when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
| |
− | closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
| |
− | single space character.
| |
− | | |
− | ]]
| |
− | | |
− | local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
| |
− | if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated | |
− | return name_list; -- just return the name list | |
− | elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
| |
− | return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
| |
− | else
| |
− | return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
| |
| end | | end |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | | + | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. |
− | --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
| + | if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then |
− | | + | if is_set(BookTitle) then |
− | returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
| + | Chapter = Title; |
− | or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
| + | -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated |
− | | + | ChapterURL = URL; |
− | ]]
| + | ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; |
− |
| + | URLorigin = ''; |
− | local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
| + | ChapterFormat = Format; |
− | if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
| + | TransChapter = TransTitle; |
− | return ''; | + | Title = BookTitle; |
− | end
| + | Format = ''; |
− |
| + | -- TitleLink = ''; |
− | if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
| + | TransTitle = ''; |
− | if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
| + | URL = ''; |
− | return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); | |
− | elseif is_set (volume) then | |
− | return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); | |
− | else
| |
− | return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |
| end | | end |
| + | elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then |
| + | Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | local vol = ''; | + | -- cite map oddities |
| + | local Cartography = ""; |
| + | local Scale = ""; |
| + | local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; |
| + | local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
| + | if config.CitationClass == "map" then |
| + | Chapter = A['Map']; |
| + | ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; |
| + | TransChapter = A['TransMap']; |
| + | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); |
| + | ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; |
| | | |
− | if is_set (volume) then
| + | Cartography = A['Cartography']; |
− | if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then | + | if is_set( Cartography ) then |
− | vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); | + | Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); |
− | else | + | end |
− | vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
| + | Scale = A['Scale']; |
| + | if is_set( Scale ) then |
| + | Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | if is_set (issue) then
| |
− | return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
| |
− | end
| |
− | return vol;
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. |
| + | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then |
| + | local AirDate = A['AirDate']; |
| + | local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges |
| + | local Ended = A['Ended']; |
| + | local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; |
| + | local Network = A['Network']; |
| + | local Station = A['Station']; |
| + | local s, n = {}, {}; |
| | | |
− | --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- | + | -- do common parameters first |
| + | if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end |
| + | if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end |
| + | ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); |
| + | |
| + | if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date |
| + | if is_set (AirDate) then |
| + | Date = AirDate; |
| + | elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated |
| + | if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then |
| + | Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator |
| + | else |
| + | Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
| + | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} |
− | The return order is:
| + | local Season = A['Season']; |
− | page, pages, sheet, sheets
| + | local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; |
| | | |
− | Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
| + | if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set |
− | | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
− | ]]
| + | SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= |
| + | end |
| + | -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series |
| + | if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end |
| + | if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end |
| + | if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end |
| + | Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter |
| + | |
| + | Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter |
| + | ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink |
| + | TransChapter = TransTitle; |
| + | ChapterURL = URL; |
| + | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); |
| + | |
| + | Title = Series; -- promote series to title |
| + | TitleLink = SeriesLink; |
| + | Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number |
| | | |
− | local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
| + | if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL |
− | if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
| + | Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink |
− | if is_set (sheet) then
| + | elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; |
− | if 'journal' == origin then
| + | Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly |
− | return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
| |
− | else
| |
− | return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | |
| end | | end |
− | elseif is_set (sheets) then
| + | URL = ''; -- unset |
− | if 'journal' == origin then | + | TransTitle = ''; -- unset |
− | return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
| + | |
− | else | + | else -- now oddities that are cite serial |
− | return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); | + | Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial |
| + | Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? |
| + | if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then |
| + | Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; |
| end | | end |
− | end | + | Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| + | -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff |
| | | |
− | local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
| + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data. |
− |
| + | if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then |
− | if is_set (page) then
| + | if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv |
− | if is_journal then | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
− | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
| |
− | elseif not nopp then
| |
− | return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |
− | else
| |
− | return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
| |
| end | | end |
− | elseif is_set(pages) then
| + | if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv |
− | if is_journal then | + | ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], |
− | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; | + | ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'], |
− | elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
| + | ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then |
− | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
− | elseif not nopp then
| + | |
− | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | + | AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv |
− | else
| + | PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other) |
− | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
| + | Chapter = ''; |
| + | URL = ''; |
| + | Format = ''; |
| + | Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = ''; |
| end | | end |
| + | Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string |
| end | | end |
− |
| |
− | return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values |
| | | |
− | --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then |
| + | TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); |
| + | if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis |
| + | TitleType = Degree .. " thesis"; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
| + | if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified |
− | save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
| + | TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses |
− | archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
| |
− | unwitting readers to do.
| |
− | | |
− | When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
| |
− | algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
| |
− | | |
− | This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
| |
− | |archive-date= and an error message when:
| |
− | |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
| |
− | |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
| |
− | correct place | |
− | otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
| |
− | | |
− | There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
| |
− | //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
| |
− | //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
| |
− | | |
− | The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
| |
− | ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
| |
− | we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
| |
− | | |
− | This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
| |
− | archive url:
| |
− | for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
| |
− | for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
| |
− | for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
| |
− | | |
− | ]=]
| |
− | | |
− | local function archive_url_check (url, date)
| |
− | local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
| |
− | local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
| |
− |
| |
− | if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
| |
− | return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
| + | -- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. |
− | err_msg = 'save command';
| + | if not is_set (Date) then |
− | url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
| + | Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date |
− | elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then | + | Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF |
− | err_msg = 'liveweb'; | + | if is_set(Date) then |
− | else
| + | local Month = A['Month']; |
− | path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation | + | if is_set(Month) then |
− |
| + | Date = Month .. " " .. Date; |
− | if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here | |
− | err_msg = 'timestamp'; | |
− | if '*' ~= flag then | |
− | url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) | |
| end | | end |
− | elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element | + | elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set |
− | err_msg = 'path';
| + | Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date |
− | elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
| + | PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed |
− | err_msg = 'flag'; | |
− | elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) | |
− | err_msg = 'flag'; | |
− | else | |
− | return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | -- if here, something not right so
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
| |
− | if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
| |
− | return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
| |
− | else
| |
− | return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation |
| | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | + | --[[ |
− | | + | Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where |
− | This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | + | we get the date used in the metadata. |
| | | |
| + | Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
| ]] | | ]] |
| + | do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch |
| + | local error_message = ''; |
| + | -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it |
| + | anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken, |
| + | ['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}); |
| | | |
− | local function citation0( config, args)
| + | if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; |
− | --[[
| + | local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) |
− | Load Input Parameters
| + | if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= |
− | The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
| + | if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message |
− | ]]
| + | error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message |
− | local A = argument_wrapper( args );
| + | end |
− | local i
| + | error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; |
− | | + | elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= |
− | -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
| + | add_maint_cat ('date_year'); |
− | -- define different field names for the same underlying things.
| |
− | | |
− | -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
| |
− | local Mode = A['Mode'];
| |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
| |
− | Mode = '';
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | local author_etal;
| |
− | local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
| |
− | local Authors;
| |
− | local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
| |
− | local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
| |
− | | |
− | do -- to limit scope of selected
| |
− | local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
| |
− | if 1 == selected then
| |
− | a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
| |
− | elseif 2 == selected then
| |
− | NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
| |
− | a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
| |
− | elseif 3 == selected then
| |
− | Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
| |
− | if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: | |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | if is_set (Collaboration) then | + | |
− | author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | + | if is_set(error_message) then |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
| end | | end |
− | end | + | end -- end of do |
| | | |
− | local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; -- для рувики (а вообще депрекированный)
| + | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. |
− | local Others = A['Others']; | + | -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date |
| + | Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); -- |
| | | |
− | local editor_etal; | + | if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then |
− | local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
| + | if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired |
− | local Editors;
| + | URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed |
− | | + | URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
− | do -- to limit scope of selected
| |
− | local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
| |
− | if 1 == selected then | |
− | e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
| |
− | elseif 2 == selected then
| |
− | NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be | |
− | e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
| |
− | elseif 3 == selected then
| |
− | Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= | |
− | add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
| + | -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
− | local Translators; -- assembled translators name list | + | -- Test if citation has no title |
− | t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | + | if not is_set(Title) and |
− | | + | not is_set(TransTitle) and |
− | local interviewers_list = {};
| + | not is_set(ScriptTitle) then |
− | local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } ); |
− | if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged | |
− | else
| |
− | interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters | |
| end | | end |
− | | + | |
− | local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | + | if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case |
− | local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list | + | Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
− | local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
| + | add_maint_cat ('untitled'); |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
| |
− | c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
| |
− |
| |
− | if 0 < #c then
| |
− | if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
| |
− | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
| |
− | end
| |
− | if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
| |
− | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
| |
− | end
| |
− | end | |
− | else -- if not a book cite
| |
− | if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
| |
− | end
| |
− | Contribution = nil; -- unset
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' | + | -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. |
− | NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
| + | -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that |
− | end | + | -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title |
− | | + | -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap |
− | local Year = A['Year'];
| + | |
− | local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; | + | local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required |
− | local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; | + | local coins_title = Title; -- et tu |
− | local Date = A['Date'];
| + | if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
− | local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
| + | if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then |
− | ------------------------------------------------- Get title data
| + | coins_chapter = Title; -- remap |
− | local Title = A['Title']; | + | coins_title = Periodical; |
− | local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; | + | end |
− | local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
| + | end |
− | local Conference = A['Conference'];
| |
− | local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
| |
− | local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
| |
− | local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
| |
− | link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
| |
− | | |
− | local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
| |
− | local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
| |
− | local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
| |
− | local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
| |
− | local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
| |
− | local Degree = A['Degree']; | |
− | local Docket = A['Docket'];
| |
− | local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
| |
− | | |
− | local ArchiveDate;
| |
− | local ArchiveURL;
| |
− | | |
− | ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
| |
| | | |
− | local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] | + | -- this is the function call to COinS() |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' | + | local OCinSoutput = COinS({ |
− | DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
| + | ['Periodical'] = Periodical, |
− | end | + | ['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup |
| + | ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup |
| + | ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, |
| + | ['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here? Should we be including invalid dates in metadata? |
| + | ['Series'] = Series, |
| + | ['Volume'] = Volume, |
| + | ['Issue'] = Issue, |
| + | ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links |
| + | ['Edition'] = Edition, |
| + | ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, |
| + | ['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ), |
| + | ['Authors'] = a, |
| + | ['ID_list'] = ID_list, |
| + | ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, |
| + | }, config.CitationClass); |
| | | |
− | local URL = A['URL']
| + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data. |
− | local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
| + | if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed |
− | local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; | + | Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal |
− | local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
| + | end |
− | local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
| |
− | local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
| |
− | local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
| |
− | local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
| |
− | local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter | |
| | | |
− | local Series = A['Series']; | + | -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text |
− |
| + | if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then |
− | local Volume;
| + | if is_set (PublisherName) then |
− | local Issue;
| + | PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]: ' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName ); |
− | local Page;
| + | end |
− | local Pages;
| |
− | local At;
| |
− | | |
− | if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
| |
− | Volume = A['Volume']; | |
− | end
| |
− | -- conference & map books do not support issue
| |
− | if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
| |
− | Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
| |
− | end
| |
− | local Position = '';
| |
− | if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
| |
− | Page = A['Page'];
| |
− | Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
| |
− | At = A['At']; | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | local Edition = A['Edition'];
| |
− | local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
| |
− | local Place = A['Place'];
| |
− |
| |
− | local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
| |
− | local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
| |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
| |
− | RegistrationRequired=nil;
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
| |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
| |
− | SubscriptionRequired=nil;
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; | + | -- Now perform various field substitutions. |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then | + | -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the |
− | UrlAccess = nil;
| + | -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. |
− | end | + | do -- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors |
− | if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then | + | local LastFirstAuthors; |
− | UrlAccess = nil; | + | local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors']; |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); | + | |
| + | Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal); |
| + | |
| + | local control = { |
| + | format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' |
| + | maximum = Maximum, |
| + | lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, |
| + | page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn |
| + | }; |
| + | |
| + | -- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting. |
| + | if is_set(Coauthors) then |
| + | control.lastauthoramp = nil; |
| + | control.maximum = #a + 1; |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal); |
| | | |
− | if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set | + | if is_set (Authors) then |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| + | if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then -- if both author name styles |
− | SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
− | end
| + | Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead? |
− | if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set | + | end |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| + | else |
− | RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= | + | Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- either an author name list or an empty string |
| end | | end |
| + | end -- end of do |
| | | |
− | local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; | + | if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
| + | end |
− | end
| |
− | if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
| |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | local Via = A['Via']; | + | local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list |
− | local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; | + | if not is_set(Editors) then |
− | local Agency = A['Agency'];
| + | local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors']; |
| | | |
− | local Language = A['Language'];
| + | Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal); |
− | local Format = A['Format'];
| + | -- Preserve old-style implicit et al. |
− | local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
| + | if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then |
− | local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
| + | Maximum = 3; |
− | local ID = A['ID'];
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } ); |
− | local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
| |
− | local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
| |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
| |
− | IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
| |
| end | | end |
− | local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
| |
− | local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
| |
| | | |
− | local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
| + | local control = { |
− | local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
| + | format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' |
− | | + | maximum = Maximum, |
− | local Quote = A['Quote'];
| + | lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, |
| + | page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn |
| + | }; |
| | | |
− | local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
| + | Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); |
− | local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
| + | if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then |
− | local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
| + | EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation |
− | local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
| |
− | local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
| |
− | local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
| |
− | local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
| |
− | | |
− | local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
| |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then | |
− | LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string | |
| end | | end |
| + | else |
| + | EditorCount = 1; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; | + | -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
| + | -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation |
− | no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
| + | ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); |
− | end
| + | ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); |
| + | ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); |
| + | Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); |
| + | LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); |
| + | TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); |
| | | |
− | --local variables that are not cs1 parameters | + | if not is_set(URL) then --and |
− | local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
| + | -- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering |
− | local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language | + | -- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast? |
− | local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
| + | -- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test |
− | local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
| + | |
− | | + | -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty |
− | local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then |
− | if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); |
− | DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
| |
− | local PostScript;
| |
− | local Ref;
| |
− | sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
| |
− | use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
| |
− | | |
− | --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
| |
− | if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
| |
− | if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then | |
− | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |
| end | | end |
− | for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns | + | |
− | if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
| + | -- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL |
− | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
| + | if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test? |
− | break; -- bail out if one is found
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); |
− | end | + | AccessDate = ''; |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) | + | local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set? |
− | select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category | + | DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text |
− | | + | if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then |
− | local NoPP = A['NoPP']
| + | if is_set (URL) then |
− | if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
| + | OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL |
− | NoPP = true;
| + | OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= |
− | else
| + | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it |
− | NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later | + | URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url |
| + | URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages |
| + | Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
| + | end |
| + | elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it |
| + | OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text |
| + | OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= |
| + | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then |
| + | ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url |
| + | URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages |
| + | ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if is_set(Page) then | + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or |
− | if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
| + | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
− | Pages = ''; -- unset the others
| + | if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types |
− | At = ''; | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
| + | Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation |
| + | TransChapter = ''; |
| + | ChapterURL = ''; |
| + | end |
| + | else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title |
| + | Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin); |
| + | if is_set (Chapter) then |
| + | if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then |
| + | Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; |
| + | end |
| + | Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; |
| end | | end |
− | extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
| + | end |
− | elseif is_set(Pages) then
| |
− | if is_set(At) then
| |
− | At = ''; -- unset
| |
− | end
| |
− | extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
| |
− | end | |
| | | |
− | -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different | + | -- Format main title. |
− | if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then | + | if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then |
− | PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | + | Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]" |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or |
| + | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or |
| + | ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article |
| + | Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks |
| + | Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); |
| | | |
− | if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped |
| + | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); |
| + | elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report |
| + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped |
| + | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title |
| + | else |
| + | Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); |
| + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped |
| + | TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | TransError = ""; |
| + | if is_set(TransTitle) then |
| + | if is_set(Title) then |
| + | TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; |
| + | else |
| + | TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' ); |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | --[[ | + | Title = Title .. TransTitle; |
− | Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
| |
− | When the citation has these parameters:
| |
− | |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
| |
− | |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
| |
− | |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
| |
| | | |
− | |trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
| + | if is_set(Title) then |
− | |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
| + | if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then |
− |
| + | Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format; |
− | All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
| + | URL = ""; |
− |
| + | Format = ""; |
− | ]]
| + | else |
− | | + | Title = Title .. TransError; |
− | local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
| |
− | | |
− | if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation | |
− | if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
| |
− | if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
| |
− | if not is_set(Chapter) then
| |
− | Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
| |
− | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
| |
− | TransChapter = TransTitle;
| |
− | ChapterURL = URL;
| |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
| |
− | | |
− | if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
| |
− | Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
| |
− | end
| |
− | Title = Periodical;
| |
− | ChapterFormat = Format;
| |
− | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
| |
− | TransTitle = '';
| |
− | URL = '';
| |
− | Format = '';
| |
− | TitleLink = '';
| |
− | ScriptTitle = '';
| |
− | end
| |
− | else -- |title not set | |
− | Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
| |
− | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- Special case for cite techreport.
| + | if is_set(Place) then |
− | if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport | + | Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; |
− | if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' | |
− | if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
| |
− | ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
| |
− | else -- ID has a value so emit error message
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- special case for cite mailing list | + | if is_set (Conference) then |
− | if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
| + | if is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
− | Periodical = A ['MailingList']; | + | Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference ); |
− | elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then | + | end |
− | Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list | + | Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; |
| + | elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then |
| + | Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin ); |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | + | if not is_set(Position) then |
− | if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
| + | local Minutes = A['Minutes']; |
− | if is_set(BookTitle) then | + | if is_set(Minutes) then |
− | Chapter = Title; | + | Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; |
− | -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
| + | else |
− | ChapterURL = URL;
| + | local Time = A['Time']; |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
| + | if is_set(Time) then |
− | ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; | + | local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] |
− | URLorigin = '';
| + | if not is_set(TimeCaption) then |
− | ChapterFormat = Format; | + | TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; |
− | TransChapter = TransTitle; | + | if sepc ~= '.' then |
− | Title = BookTitle; | + | TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); |
− | Format = ''; | + | end |
− | -- TitleLink = '';
| + | end |
− | TransTitle = ''; | + | Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; |
− | URL = ''; | + | end |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | Position = " " .. Position; |
| + | At = ''; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if not is_set(Page) then |
| + | if is_set(Pages) then |
| + | if is_set(Periodical) and |
| + | not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then |
| + | Pages = ": " .. Pages; |
| + | elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then |
| + | Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages; |
| + | else |
| + | Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | if is_set(Periodical) and |
| + | not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then |
| + | Page = ": " .. Page; |
| + | else |
| + | Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page; |
| end | | end |
− | elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
| |
− | Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- для рувики: конкатенация |month к |date | + | if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators) |
− | local Month = A['Month'];
| + | if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then |
− | if is_set(Month) and is_set(Year) then | + | local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, |sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set |
− | Date = Month .. " " .. Year;
| + | local err_msg2; |
− | Month = nil;
| + | if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set? |
− | Year = nil;
| + | err_msg2 = 'page=, |pages=, |at'; -- a generic error message |
| + | Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = ''; |
| + | elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message |
| + | err_msg1 = 'sheet'; |
| + | err_msg2 = 'sheets'; |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set (err_msg2) then |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
| + | end |
| + | if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided |
| + | if is_set (Sheets) then |
| + | if is_set (Periodical) then |
| + | Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on |
| + | else |
| + | Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | else |
| + | if is_set (Periodical) then |
| + | Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet; |
| + | else |
| + | Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- cite map oddities | + | At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; |
− | local Cartography = "";
| + | Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; |
− | local Scale = ""; | + | if config.CitationClass == 'map' then |
− | local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
| + | local Section = A['Section']; |
− | local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
| + | local Sections = A['Sections']; |
− | if config.CitationClass == "map" then | + | local Inset = A['Inset']; |
− | Chapter = A['Map']; | |
− | ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |
− | TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
| |
− | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
| |
− | ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
| |
| | | |
− | Cartography = A['Cartography'];
| + | if is_set( Inset ) then |
− | if is_set( Cartography ) then | + | Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); |
− | Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | + | end |
− | end | + | |
− | Scale = A['Scale']; | + | if is_set( Sections ) then |
− | if is_set( Scale ) then | + | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); |
− | Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | + | elseif is_set( Section ) then |
| + | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); |
| end | | end |
| + | At = At .. Inset .. Section; |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set (Language) then |
| + | Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc |
| + | else |
| + | Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | + | Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; |
− | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then | + | |
− | local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
| + | TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; |
− | local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
| + | Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or ""; |
| + | Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or ""; |
| + | Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; |
| + | OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; |
| + | Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; |
| | | |
− | link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set | + | if is_set(Volume) then |
| + | if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 ) |
| + | then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume; |
| + | else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>"; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local Network = A['Network'];
| + | ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data |
− | local Station = A['Station'];
| + | if is_set(Via) then |
− | local s, n = {}, {};
| + | Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); |
− | -- do common parameters first
| + | end |
− | if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
| |
− | if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end | |
− | ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
| |
− |
| |
− | if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
| |
− | Date = AirDate;
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
| + | --[[ |
− | local Season = A['Season'];
| + | Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link |
− | local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
| + | note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. |
| | | |
− | if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
| + | ]] |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| + | if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then |
− | SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
| + | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message |
− | end
| + | elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then |
− | -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
| + | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message |
− | if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
| + | else |
− | if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
| + | SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y |
− | if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
| |
− | Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
| |
− |
| |
− | Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
| |
− | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
| |
− | ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
| |
− | TransChapter = TransTitle;
| |
− | ChapterURL = URL;
| |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
| |
− | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
| |
− |
| |
− | Title = Series; -- promote series to title
| |
− | TitleLink = SeriesLink;
| |
− | Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
| |
− | Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
| |
− | elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
| |
− | Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
| |
− | end
| |
− | URL = ''; -- unset
| |
− | TransTitle = '';
| |
− | ScriptTitle = '';
| |
− |
| |
− | else -- now oddities that are cite serial | |
− | Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
| |
− | Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
| |
− | if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
| |
− | Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
| |
− | end
| |
− | Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
| |
| | | |
− | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. | + | if is_set(AccessDate) then |
− | do
| + | local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] |
− | if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
| |
− | if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
| |
− | Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
| + | AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format |
− | Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
| + | if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case |
− | end
| + | AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text |
− | | + | -- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called |
− | if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
| + | AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates |
− | Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | |
− | -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | + | if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then | + | if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then |
− | TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
| + | ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; |
− | if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
| |
− | TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set |
− | if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
| + | ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set |
− | TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses | |
− | -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | + | ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); |
− | local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
| |
| | | |
− | if not is_set (Date) then | + | if is_set(URL) then |
− | Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | + | URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin ); |
− | Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
| |
− | if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
| |
− | Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
| |
− | PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
| |
− | Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
| |
− | else
| |
− | Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation | + | if is_set(Quote) then |
− | | + | if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then |
− | --[[
| + | Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); |
− | Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
| + | end |
− | we get the date used in the metadata. | + | Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags |
| + | PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | + | local Archived |
− | ]] | + | if is_set(ArchiveURL) then |
− | do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
| + | if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then |
− | local error_message = ''; | + | ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); |
− | -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
| |
− | local date_parameters_list = {
| |
− | ['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
| |
− | ['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, | |
− | ['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
| |
− | ['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
| |
− | ['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
| |
− | ['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
| |
− | ['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
| |
− | ['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
| |
− | };
| |
− | anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
| |
− | | |
− | -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
| |
− | if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
| |
− | add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
| |
| end | | end |
− | -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
| + | if "no" == DeadURL then |
− | | + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; |
− | if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; | + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
− | local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) | + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], |
− | if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= | + | { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); |
− | if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
| + | if not is_set(OriginalURL) then |
− | error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
| + | Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); |
− | end | |
− | error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch';
| |
− | elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= | |
− | add_maint_cat ('date_year'); | |
| end | | end |
| + | elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then |
| + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; |
| + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
| + | { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled |
| + | else |
| + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; |
| + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
| + | { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); |
| end | | end |
− |
| + | elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then |
− | if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
| + | Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message |
− | local modified = false; -- flag
| + | else |
− |
| + | Archived = "" |
− | if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
| + | end |
− | modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
| + | |
− | end
| + | local Lay = ''; |
− | | + | if is_set(LayURL) then |
− | if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
| + | if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end |
− | modified = true;
| + | if is_set(LaySource) then |
− | add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
| + | LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, | |
− | -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
| |
− | -- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
| |
− | -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
| |
− | -- modified = true;
| |
− | -- end
| |
− | | |
− | if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
| |
− | AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
| |
− | ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
| |
− | Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
| |
− | DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
| |
− | LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
| |
− | PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
| |
− | end
| |
| else | | else |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | + | LaySource = ""; |
| end | | end |
− | end -- end of do
| + | if sepc == '.' then |
− | | + | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
− | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
| + | else |
− | -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
| + | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
− | Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
| + | end |
− | | + | elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= |
− | if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
| + | Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message |
− | if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired | + | end |
− | URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed | |
− | URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
| |
− | if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
| |
− | AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: TODO: убрать? -- unset
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
| + | if is_set(Transcript) then |
| + | if is_set(TranscriptURL) then |
| + | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); |
| end | | end |
| + | Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; |
| + | elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then |
| + | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin ); |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. | + | local Publisher; |
− | -- Test if citation has no title
| + | if is_set(Periodical) and |
− | if not is_set(Title) and | + | not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then |
− | not is_set(TransTitle) and | + | if is_set(PublisherName) then |
− | not is_set(ScriptTitle) then | + | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
− | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? | + | Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName; |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); | + | else |
| + | Publisher = PublisherName; |
| + | end |
| + | elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
| + | Publisher= PublicationPlace; |
| + | else |
| + | Publisher = ""; |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(PublicationDate) then |
| + | if is_set(Publisher) then |
| + | Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); |
| else | | else |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); | + | Publisher = PublicationDate; |
| end | | end |
− | end
| + | end |
− |
| + | if is_set(Publisher) then |
− | if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
| + | Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")"; |
− | Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
| + | end |
− | add_maint_cat ('untitled');
| + | else |
− | end
| + | if is_set(PublicationDate) then |
− | | + | PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")"; |
− | check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
| + | end |
− | ['title']=Title,
| + | if is_set(PublisherName) then |
− | [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, | + | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
− | [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
| + | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
− | [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
| + | else |
− | }); | + | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
− | | + | end |
− | -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
| + | elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
− | -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
| + | Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; |
− | -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
| + | else |
− | -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap | + | Publisher = PublicationDate; |
| + | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | + | -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. |
− | local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
| + | if is_set(Periodical) then |
− | if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | + | if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then |
− | if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then | + | Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) |
− | coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | + | else |
− | coins_title = Periodical; | + | Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) |
| end | | end |
− | end
| |
− | local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
| |
− | if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
| |
− | coins_author = c; -- use that instead
| |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | -- this is the function call to COinS()
| + | --[[ |
− | local OCinSoutput = COinS({
| + | Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that |
− | ['Periodical'] = Periodical,
| + | the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). |
− | ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
| + | ]] |
− | ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
| + | if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only |
− | ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
| + | TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation |
− | ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
| + | if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter |
− | ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
| + | if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set |
− | ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
| + | Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering |
− | ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
| + | end |
− | ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
| |
− | ['Series'] = Series,
| |
− | ['Volume'] = Volume,
| |
− | ['Issue'] = Issue,
| |
− | ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
| |
− | ['Edition'] = Edition,
| |
− | ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, | |
− | ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
| |
− | ['Authors'] = coins_author,
| |
− | ['ID_list'] = ID_list,
| |
− | ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
| |
− | }, config.CitationClass);
| |
− | | |
− | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
| |
− | if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
| |
− | Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
| |
− | if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
| |
− | if is_set (PublisherName) then
| |
− | PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| | | |
| + | -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. |
| + | -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA |
| + | -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. |
| | | |
− | | + | local tcommon |
− | -- Now perform various field substitutions. | + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then |
− | -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
| + | if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end |
− | -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, |
− | local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
| + | Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc ); |
− | do
| + | |
− | local last_first_list; | + | elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map |
− | local control = { | + | if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter |
− | format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' | + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); |
− | maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
| + | elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical |
− | lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc ); |
− | page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
| + | else -- a sheet or stand-alone map |
− | mode = Mode
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); |
− | }; | |
− | | |
− | do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
| |
− | control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); | |
− | last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set (Editors) then
| |
− | if editor_etal then
| |
− | Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
| |
− | EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
| |
− | else
| |
− | EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
| |
− | end | |
− | | |
− | if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
| |
− | EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
− | do -- now do interviewers | + | |
− | control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
| + | elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode |
− | Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); |
− | end
| + | else -- all other CS1 templates |
− | do -- now do translators | + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, |
− | control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
| + | Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); |
− | Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
| + | end |
− | end
| + | |
− | do -- now do contributors | + | if #ID_list > 0 then |
− | control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors | + | ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); |
− | Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported | + | else |
− | end | + | ID_list = ID; |
− | do -- now do authors | + | end |
− | control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); | + | |
− | | + | local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); |
− | last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); | + | local text; |
− | | + | local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At; |
− | if is_set (Authors) then | + | |
− | Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. | + | if is_set(Authors) then |
− | if author_etal then | + | if is_set(Coauthors) then |
− | Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter | + | local sep = '; '; |
| + | if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then |
| + | sep = ', '; |
| + | end |
| + | Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors; |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(Date) then |
| + | Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " |
| + | elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then |
| + | Authors = Authors .. " " |
| + | else |
| + | Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " " |
| + | end |
| + | if is_set(Editors) then |
| + | local in_text = " "; |
| + | local post_text = ""; |
| + | if is_set(Chapter) then |
| + | in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " |
| + | else |
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then |
| + | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
| + | else |
| + | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; |
| end | | end |
| + | end |
| + | if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end |
| + | Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text; |
| + | if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char |
| + | Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another |
| else | | else |
− | Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | + | Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list |
| end | | end |
− | end -- end of do
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
| |
− | Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
| |
| end | | end |
− | | + | text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc ); |
− | end
| + | text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
− | | + | elseif is_set(Editors) then |
− | -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
| + | if is_set(Date) then |
− | -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then |
− | ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
| + | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
− | ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
| + | else |
− | Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | + | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; |
− | LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
| + | end |
− | TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
| + | Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " |
− | | + | else |
− | -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then |
− | if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
| + | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " |
− | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then | + | else |
− | ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
| + | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " |
− | end | + | end |
− | | + | end |
− | if not is_set(URL) then
| + | text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc ); |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
| + | text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); | + | else |
| + | if is_set(Date) then |
| + | if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc ) |
| + | then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear |
| + | else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
− | | + | if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then |
− | -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
| + | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc ); |
− | if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
| + | text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | + | else |
− | -- AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: убрано | + | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc ); |
| + | text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then |
| + | text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. |
| + | text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); |
| + | end |
| + | |
| + | text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); |
| | | |
− | local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; | + | -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element |
− | DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | + | local options = {}; |
− | if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then | + | |
− | if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it | + | if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then |
− | OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | + | options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; |
− | OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages | + | else |
− | OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
| + | options.class = "citation"; |
− | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
| + | end |
− | ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url | + | |
− | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages | + | if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then |
− | ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
| + | local id = Ref |
− | ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls | + | if ( "harv" == Ref ) then |
| + | local names = {} --table of last names & year |
| + | if #a > 0 then |
| + | for i,v in ipairs(a) do |
| + | names[i] = v.last |
| + | if i == 4 then break end |
| + | end |
| + | elseif #e > 0 then |
| + | for i,v in ipairs(e) do |
| + | names[i] = v.last |
| + | if i == 4 then break end |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
− | elseif is_set (URL) then
| + | names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation |
− | OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
| + | id = anchor_id(names) |
− | OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages | + | end |
− | OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
| + | options.id = id; |
− | OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
| + | end |
− | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
| + | |
− | URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
| + | if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then |
− | URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
| + | z.error_categories = {}; |
− | Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
| + | text = set_error('empty_citation'); |
− | UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
| + | z.message_tail = {}; |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | if is_set(options.id) then |
| + | text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>"; |
| + | else |
| + | text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>"; |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia | + | local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;"> </span>'; |
− | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
| + | |
− | local chap_param;
| + | -- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients. |
− | if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
| + | local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>'; |
− | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
| + | text = text .. OCinS; |
− | elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
| + | |
− | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
| + | if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then |
− | elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
| + | text = text .. " "; |
− | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
| + | for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do |
− | elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then | + | if is_set(v[1]) then |
− | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') | + | if i == #z.message_tail then |
− | else is_set (ChapterFormat)
| + | text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] ); |
− | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
| + | else |
− | end
| + | text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ); |
− | | + | end |
− | if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
| |
− | Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | |
− | TransChapter = '';
| |
− | ChapterURL = '';
| |
− | ScriptChapter = '';
| |
− | ChapterFormat = '';
| |
− | end
| |
− | else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
| |
− | local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
| |
− | if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
| |
− | if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
| |
− | no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
| + | if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then |
− | if is_set (Chapter) then
| + | text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">'; |
− | Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
| + | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
− | if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
| + | text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])'; |
− | Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
| |
− | end
| |
− | Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
| |
− | elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... | |
− | Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | |
| end | | end |
| + | text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now) |
| end | | end |
− | | + | |
− | -- Format main title. | + | no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); |
− | if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title) | + | if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then |
− | add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title | + | for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do |
| + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
| + | end |
| + | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
| + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
| + | end |
| + | for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
| + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; |
| + | end |
| end | | end |
| + | |
| + | return text |
| + | end |
| | | |
− | if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
| + | -- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. |
− | Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
| + | function z.citation(frame) |
− | else
| + | local pframe = frame:getParent() |
− | if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
| + | local validation; |
− | Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
| |
− | elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
| |
− | not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
| |
− | Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
| | | |
− | if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then | + | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
− | Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); | + | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ... |
| + | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); |
| + | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code |
| + | |
| + | else -- otherwise |
| + | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ... |
| + | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); |
| + | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or | + | dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions |
− | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
| + | year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; |
− | ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
| + | |
− | Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
| + | local args = {}; |
− | Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
| + | local suggestions = {}; |
− | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
| + | local error_text, error_state; |
− | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
| + | |
− | elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report | + | local config = {}; |
− | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
| + | for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do |
− | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
| + | config[k] = v; |
− | else
| + | args[k] = v; |
− | Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
| + | end |
− | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | |
− | TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); | |
− | end | |
| | | |
− | local TransError = ""; | + | for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do |
− | if is_set(TransTitle) then
| + | if v ~= '' then |
− | if is_set(Title) then | + | if not validate( k ) then |
− | TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
| + | error_text = ""; |
− | else
| + | if type( k ) ~= 'string' then |
− | TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
| + | -- Exclude empty numbered parameters |
− | end
| + | if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then |
− | end
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); |
− |
| |
− | if is_set(Title) then
| |
− | if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
| |
− |
| |
− | Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
| |
− | URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
| |
− | Format = "";
| |
− | else
| |
− | Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Place) then
| |
− | Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set (Conference) then
| |
− | if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
| |
− | Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
| |
− | end
| |
− | Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
| |
− | elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
| |
− | Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if not is_set(Position) then
| |
− | local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
| |
− | local Time = A['Time'];
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Minutes) then
| |
− | if is_set (Time) then
| |
− | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
| |
− | end
| |
− | Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
| |
− | else
| |
− | if is_set(Time) then
| |
− | local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
| |
− | if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
| |
− | TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
| |
− | if sepc ~= '.' then
| |
− | TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
| |
| end | | end |
− | end
| + | elseif validate( k:lower() ) then |
− | Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); |
− | end
| + | else |
− | end
| + | if #suggestions == 0 then |
− | else
| + | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); |
− | Position = " " .. Position;
| + | end |
− | At = '';
| + | if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then |
− | end
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); |
− | | + | else |
− | Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); |
− | | |
− | At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
| |
− | Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
| |
− | if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
| |
− | local Section = A['Section'];
| |
− | local Sections = A['Sections'];
| |
− | local Inset = A['Inset'];
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set( Inset ) then
| |
− | Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set( Sections ) then
| |
− | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
| |
− | elseif is_set( Section ) then
| |
− | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
| |
− | end
| |
− | At = At .. Inset .. Section;
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set (Language) then
| |
− | Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
| |
− | else
| |
− | Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
| |
− | --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
| |
− | so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
| |
− | ]]
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set (Translators) then
| |
− | Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
| |
− | end
| |
− | if is_set (Interviewers) then
| |
− | Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
| |
− | if is_set (Edition) then
| |
− | if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
| |
− | end
| |
− | Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
| |
− | else
| |
− | Edition = '';
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
| |
− | OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
| |
− | | |
− | Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
| |
− | | |
− | Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
| |
− | | |
− | ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
| |
− | if is_set(Via) then
| |
− | Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | --[[
| |
− | Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
| |
− | note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
| |
− |
| |
− | ]]
| |
− | if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
| |
− | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
| |
− | elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
| |
− | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
| |
− | else
| |
− | SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(AccessDate) then
| |
− | local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
| |
− | | |
− | AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
| |
− | if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
| |
− | AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
| |
− | | |
− | AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
| |
− | if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
| |
− | ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
| |
− | end
| |
− | if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
| |
− | ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(URL) then
| |
− | URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Quote) then
| |
− | if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
| |
− | Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
| |
− | end
| |
− | Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
| |
− | PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | local Archived
| |
− | if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
| |
− | if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
| |
− | ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
| |
− | end
| |
− | if "no" == DeadURL then
| |
− | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
| |
− | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
| |
− | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
| |
− | { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
| |
− | if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
| |
− | Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
| |
− | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
| |
− | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
| |
− | if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
| |
− | Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
| |
− | if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
| |
− | else
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
| |
− | end
| |
− | else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
| |
− | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
| |
− | { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
| |
− | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
| |
− | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
| |
− | { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
| |
− | Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
| |
− | else
| |
− | Archived = ""
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | local Lay = '';
| |
− | if is_set(LayURL) then
| |
− | if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
| |
− | if is_set(LaySource) then
| |
− | LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
| |
− | else
| |
− | LaySource = "";
| |
− | end
| |
− | if sepc == '.' then
| |
− | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
| |
− | else
| |
− | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
| |
− | Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Transcript) then
| |
− | if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
| |
− | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
| |
− | end
| |
− | Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
| |
− | elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
| |
− | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | local Publisher;
| |
− | if is_set(PublicationDate) then
| |
− | PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
| |
− | end
| |
− | if is_set(PublisherName) then
| |
− | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
| |
− | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
| |
− | else
| |
− | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
| |
− | Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
| |
− | else
| |
− | Publisher = PublicationDate;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
| |
− | if is_set(Periodical) then
| |
− | if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
| |
− | Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
| |
− | else
| |
− | Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | --[[
| |
− | Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
| |
− | the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
| |
− | ]]
| |
− | if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
| |
− | TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
| |
− | if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
| |
− | if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
| |
− | Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
| |
− | -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
| |
− | -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
| |
− | | |
− | local tcommon;
| |
− | local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
| |
− |
| |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
| |
− | if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
| |
− | elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
| |
− | if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
| |
− | tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
| |
− | else
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
| |
− | if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
| |
− | elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
| |
− | else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
| |
− | | |
− | else -- all other CS1 templates
| |
− | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
| |
− | Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if #ID_list > 0 then
| |
− | ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
| |
− | else
| |
− | ID_list = ID;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
| |
− | local text;
| |
− | local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Date) then
| |
− | if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
| |
− | Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
| |
− | else -- neither of authors and editors set
| |
− | if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
| |
− | Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
| |
− | else
| |
− | Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(Authors) then
| |
− | -- для рувики: конкатенация |coauthors к |authors (без остальной поддержки вроде убирания амперсанта и автоскрытия)
| |
− | if is_set(Coauthors) then
| |
− | Authors = Authors .. "; " .. Coauthors;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
| |
− | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
| |
− | end
| |
− | if is_set(Editors) then
| |
− | local in_text = " ";
| |
− | local post_text = "";
| |
− | if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
| |
− | in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
| |
− | if (sepc ~= '.') then
| |
− | in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | if EditorCount <= 1 then
| |
− | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
| |
− | else
| |
− | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
| |
− | end
| |
− | if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
| |
− | local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
| |
− | if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
| |
− | Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
| |
− | if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
| |
− | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
| |
− | end
| |
− | if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
| |
− | Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
| |
− | end
| |
− | text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
| |
− | else
| |
− | text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif is_set(Editors) then
| |
− | if is_set(Date) then
| |
− | if EditorCount <= 1 then
| |
− | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
| |
− | else
| |
− | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
| |
− | end
| |
− | else
| |
− | if EditorCount <= 1 then
| |
− | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
| |
− | else
| |
− | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
| |
− | else
| |
− | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
| |
− | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
| |
− | else
| |
− | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
| |
− | text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
| |
− | text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
| |
− | | |
− | -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
| |
− | local options = {};
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
| |
− | options.class = config.CitationClass;
| |
− | options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
| |
− | else
| |
− | options.class = "citation";
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
| |
− | local id = Ref
| |
− | if ('harv' == Ref ) then
| |
− | local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
| |
− | local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
| |
− | | |
− | if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
| |
− | namelist = c; -- select it
| |
− | elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
| |
− | namelist = a;
| |
− | elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
| |
− | namelist = e;
| |
− | end
| |
− | if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
| |
− | id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
| |
− | else
| |
− | id = ''; -- unset
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif Ref ~= '' and mw.ustring.sub(Ref, 0, 7) ~= 'CITEREF' then -- для рувики: иная генерация ref-якорей
| |
− | if mw.ustring.match(id, '%d%d%d%d') then
| |
− | id = 'CITEREF' .. id
| |
− | else
| |
− | local yearForRef = nil
| |
− | if year and mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$') then
| |
− | yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$')
| |
− | elseif Date and mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d') then
| |
− | yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d')
| |
− | end
| |
− | if yearForRef then
| |
− | id = 'CITEREF' .. id .. yearForRef
| |
− | else
| |
− | id = '' -- TODO: для рувики: выдавать ошибку?
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | options.id = id;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
| |
− | z.error_categories = {};
| |
− | text = set_error('empty_citation');
| |
− | z.message_tail = {};
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
| |
− | | |
− | if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
| |
− | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
| |
− | else
| |
− | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
| |
− | | |
− | if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
| |
− | table.insert (render, ' ');
| |
− | for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
| |
− | if is_set(v[1]) then
| |
− | if i == #z.message_tail then
| |
− | table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
| |
− | else
| |
− | table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
| |
− | table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
| |
− | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
| |
− | table.insert (render, v);
| |
− | table.insert (render, ' (');
| |
− | table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
| |
− | table.insert (render, ') ');
| |
− | end
| |
− | table.insert (render, '</span>');
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
| |
− | if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
| |
− | for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
| |
− | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
| |
− | end
| |
− | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
| |
− | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
| |
− | end
| |
− | for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
| |
− | table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | return table.concat (render);
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
| |
− | | |
− | Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
| |
− | true - active, supported parameters
| |
− | false - deprecated, supported parameters
| |
− | nil - unsupported parameters
| |
− |
| |
− | ]]
| |
− | | |
− | local function validate (name, cite_class)
| |
− | local name = tostring (name);
| |
− | local state;
| |
− |
| |
− | if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
| |
− | state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
| |
− | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
| |
− | if false == state then
| |
− | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
| |
− | | |
− | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
| |
− | if false == state then
| |
− | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | end
| |
− | -- limited enumerated parameters list
| |
− | name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
| |
− | state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
| |
− | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
| |
− | if false == state then
| |
− | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
| |
− | end -- end limited parameter-set templates
| |
− |
| |
− | state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
| |
− |
| |
− | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
| |
− | if false == state then
| |
− | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | end
| |
− | -- all enumerated parameters allowed
| |
− | name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
| |
− | state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
| |
− | | |
− | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
| |
− | if false == state then
| |
− | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
| |
− | return true;
| |
− | end
| |
− |
| |
− | return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
| |
− | sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
| |
− | parameter that is missing its pipe:
| |
− | {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
| |
− | | |
− | cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
| |
− | tags are removed before the search.
| |
− | | |
− | If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
| |
− | | |
− | ]]
| |
− | | |
− | local function missing_pipe_check (value)
| |
− | local capture;
| |
− | value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
| |
− | | |
− | capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
| |
− | if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
| |
− | add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | | |
− | --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
| |
− | | |
− | This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
| |
− | | |
− | ]]
| |
− | | |
− | function cs1.citation(frame)
| |
− | Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
| |
− | local pframe = frame:getParent()
| |
− | local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
| |
− |
| |
− | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
| |
− | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
| |
− | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
| |
− | utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
| |
− | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
| |
− | identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
| |
− | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
| |
− | styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
| |
− |
| |
− | else -- otherwise
| |
− | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
| |
− | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
| |
− | utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
| |
− | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
| |
− | identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
| |
− | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
| |
− | styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
| |
− | | |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
| |
− | identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
| |
− | validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
| |
− | metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
| |
− | | |
− | dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
| |
− | year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
| |
− | reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
| |
− | date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
| |
− | date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
| |
− | | |
− | is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
| |
− | in_array = utilities.in_array;
| |
− | substitute = utilities.substitute;
| |
− | error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
| |
− | set_error = utilities.set_error;
| |
− | select_one = utilities.select_one;
| |
− | add_maint_cat = function () end; -- для рувики: вместо utilities.add_maint_cat;
| |
− | wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
| |
− | safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
| |
− | is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
| |
− | make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
| |
− | | |
− | z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
| |
− | | |
− | extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
| |
− | build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
| |
− | is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
| |
− | extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
| |
− |
| |
− | make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
| |
− | get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
| |
− | COinS = metadata.COinS;
| |
− | | |
− | local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
| |
− | local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
| |
− | local error_text, error_state;
| |
− | | |
− | local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
| |
− | for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
| |
− | config[k] = v;
| |
− | -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
| |
− | end
| |
− | | |
− | local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
| |
− | for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
| |
− | if v ~= '' then
| |
− | if ('string' == type (k)) then
| |
− | k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
| |
− | end
| |
− | if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
| |
− | error_text = "";
| |
− | if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
| |
− | -- Exclude empty numbered parameters
| |
− | if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
| |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
| |
− | end
| |
− | elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then | |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter | |
− | else | |
− | if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it | |
− | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
| |
− | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
| |
− | else | |
− | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
| |
− | capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
| |
− | if capture then -- if the pattern matches
| |
− | param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
| |
− | if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
| |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
| |
− | else
| |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
| |
− | end
| |
− | end
| |
− | end | |
− | if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? | |
− | if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
| |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
| |
− | else
| |
− | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
| |
− | v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
| |
− | end
| |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
Строка 3690: |
Строка 3137: |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
| |
− | -- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
| |
| args[k] = v; | | args[k] = v; |
− | elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string | + | elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then |
− | args[k] = v; -- why do we do this? we don't support 'empty' parameters | + | args[k] = v; |
| end | | end |
| end | | end |
− | | + | |
− | for k, v in pairs( args ) do
| + | return citation0( config, args) |
− | if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
| |
− | has_invisible_chars (k, v);
| |
− | end
| |
− | end | |
− | return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); | |
| end | | end |
| | | |
− | return cs1; | + | return z |